Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Capital Markets / A-Mark Precious Metals

A-Mark Precious Metals

amrk · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker amrk
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Capital Markets
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · A-Mark Precious Metals
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2023
OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________
Commission File Number: 001-36347

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of Incorporation)

11-2464169
(IRS Employer I.D. No.)

2121 Rosecrans Ave. Suite 6300 El Segundo, CA 90245
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(310) 587-1477
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol(s)
AMRK

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ☐  No  ☑

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes. ☑   No. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such les).  Yes. ☑   No. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated 
filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☐

  Accelerated filer

☑

  Non-accelerated filer

☐

  Smaller reporting company

☐

  Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑ 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial 
statements.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant 
recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes. ☐   No. ☑

Aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on December 31, 2022, based upon the closing price of Common Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ Global Select 
Market, was approximately $622,270,086. Shares of common stock known to be beneficially owned by directors and executive officers of the Registrant subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are 
not included in the computation. No determination has been made that such persons are “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

As of September 1, 2023, the registrant had 23,344,221 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share outstanding.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, scheduled to be held on November 15, 2023, are incorporated into Part III.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

2

 
 
PART I

PART II

PART III

PART IV

Signatures

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended June 30, 2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Description of Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplemental Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

3

Page

4
14
28
28
28
28

28
31
31
56
58
104
104
106
106

106
106
106
106
106

107
109
110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Overview

PART I 

A-Mark, also referred to (together with its subsidiaries) as "we", "us" and the "Company", is a fully integrated precious metals platform that offers an array of gold, 
silver, platinum, palladium, and copper bullion, numismatic coins, and related products to wholesale and retail customers via a portfolio of channels. The Company conducts its 
operations through three complementary segments: Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, Direct-to-Consumer, and Secured Lending. A-Mark believes it has one of the largest 
customer  bases  in  each  of  its  markets  and  provides  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  offerings  of  products  and  services  in  the  precious  metals  trading  industry.  Our  global 
customer  base,  spanning  four  continents,  includes  mints,  manufacturers  and  fabricators,  refiners,  coin  and  bullion  dealers,  e-commerce  retailers,  banks  and  other  financial 
institutions, commodity brokerage houses, industrial users of precious metals, investors, collectors, and retail customers. 

Specifically, A-Mark:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

operates as a wholesaler of gold, silver, platinum, and palladium bullion and related products, including bars, wafers, grain, and coins;

distributes gold and silver coins and bars from sovereign and private mints;

sells to and purchases from the retail community; 

provides financing and other services relating to the purchase and sale of bullion and numismatics;

offers secure storage for precious metal products;

provides our customers a platform of turn-key logistics services; and

provides  a  variety  of  custom  fabricated  gold  and  silver  bullion  and  other  specialty  products  through  sovereign  and  private  mint  suppliers  and  its  mint 
operations.

A-Mark believes its businesses largely function independently of the price movement of the underlying commodities. However, factors such as global economic activity 

or uncertainty and inflationary trends, which affect market volatility, have the potential to impact demand, supply, volumes, and margins.

History

A-Mark  was  founded  in  1965  and  has  grown  into  a  significant  participant  in  the  bullion  and  coin  market. A-Mark  became  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Spectrum 
Group International, Inc. ("SGI") in 2005. In March 2014, SGI distributed all of the shares of common stock of A-Mark to its stockholders, effecting a spinoff of A-Mark from 
SGI. As a result of this distribution, the Company became a publicly traded company independent from SGI.

Over the years, A-Mark has been steadily expanding its products and services. In 1986, A-Mark became an authorized purchaser of gold and silver bullion coins struck 
by the United States Mint. Similar arrangements with other sovereign mints followed, so that by the early 1990s, A-Mark had (and continues to have) relationships with all 
major sovereign mints offering bullion coins and bars internationally.

In 2005, the Company launched Collateral Finance Corporation ("CFC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary, for the purpose of making secured loans primarily collateralized 
by bullion and numismatic material. Since then, CFC has expanded the value of its aggregate loan portfolio and number of its customers and makes secured loans collateralized 
by graded sport cards and sports memorabilia. CFC has achieved its growth through both loan origination and acquisitions of loan portfolios from wholesale customers of A-
Mark. 

The Company opened an overseas office in Vienna, Austria in 2009, for the purpose of marketing A-Mark's goods and services in the international markets. The office 
operates through A-Mark Trading AG ("AMTAG"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In 2012, the Company formed Transcontinental Depository Services, LLC. 
("TDS"), a wholly-owned subsidiary, for the purpose of providing customers with turn-key global storage solutions for their precious metal products.

In  July  2015,  the  Company  launched  its  Las  Vegas-based  logistics  fulfillment  center,  A-M  Global  Logistics,  LLC.  ("AMGL"  or  "Logistics"),  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, for the purpose of providing our customers a platform of complementary services, including packaging, shipping, handling, receiving, processing, and inventorying 
of precious metals, custom coins, and sports cards and sports memorabilia on a secure basis.

4

 
 
In August  2016,  the  Company  formed  a  joint  venture, AM&ST Associates,  LLC.  ("AMST"),  with  SilverTowne,  L.P.,  an  Indiana-based  fabricator  of  silver  bullion 
products,  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  and  operating  SilverTowne,  L.P.'s  minting  business  unit  ("Silver  Towne  Mint"  or  the  "Mint").  Since  the  formation  of  AMST,  the 
Company has invested in minting equipment and fabrication tools to expand output capabilities, increase production efficiencies and improve product quality, and has leveraged 
the Mint’s fabrication capabilities and coin die portfolio to expand our custom coin programs, as well as to introduce new custom products for individual customers. In April 
2021, the Company purchased the 31% interest in AMST previously held by the joint venture partner and currently owns 100% of AMST.

In August 2017, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Goldline, LLC, a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community, and now conducts 
those operations through its subsidiary Goldline, Inc. ("Goldline"). Goldline, LLC was formed in 1960 and became well-known to collectors and investors for its distribution of 
gold, silver, and platinum bullion coins and bars, in part, due to its television, radio, and internet marketing and customer service outreach. Since our acquisition, Goldline has 
expanded its product offerings and improved its delivery times. 

In  August  2019,  Goldline  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  with  one  of  the  Company's  related  parties  to  form  Precious  Metals  Purchasing  Partners,  LLC 
("PMPP"), a 50% owned subsidiary, primarily for the purpose of purchasing precious metals from the partners' retail customers for resale back into the marketplace. PMPP 
commenced operations in fiscal 2020.

In September 2014, the Company made an initial equity investment in JM Bullion, Inc. (“JMB”), and in October 2016, we made an additional investment in JMB, 
increasing our equity interest to approximately 20.5%. In March 2021, the Company acquired the 79.5% interest in JMB that we did not previously own. JMB is a leading e-
commerce  retailer  providing  access  to  a  broad  array  of  gold,  silver,  copper,  platinum,  and  palladium  products  through  its  own  websites.  In April  2022,  JMB  commercially 
launched the CyberMetals online platform, where customers can purchase fractional ounces of digital gold, silver, platinum, and palladium in a range of denominations, with 
the  option  to  convert  their  digital  holdings  to  fabricated  precious  metals  products  via  an  integrated  redemption  flow  with  JMB.  JMB  operates  eight  separately  branded, 
company-owned  websites  targeting  specific  niches  within  the  precious  metals  retail  market,  including  JMBullion.com,  ProvidentMetals.com,  Silver.com,  CyberMetals.com, 
GoldPrice.org, SilverPrice.org, BGASC.com, and BullionMax.com. JMB had approximately 2.2 million total customers as of June 30, 2023, and approximately 456,600 active 
customers for the year ended June 30, 2023. 

In April 2021, CFC Alternative Investments, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CFC, formed a joint venture with a third party known as Collectible Card Partners, 

LLC, which was established for the purpose of making commercial loans collateralized by graded sports cards and sports memorabilia. 

Through  strategic  relationships  with  its  customers  and  suppliers  and  vertical  integration  across  its  markets, A-Mark  seeks  to  grow  its  business  volume,  expand  its 
presence in non-U.S. markets around the globe, and enlarge its offering of complementary products and services. A-Mark seeks to continue its expansion by building on its 
strengths and what it perceives to be its competitive advantages. These include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

integrated operations that span trading, distribution, logistics, minting, storage, hedging, financing, and consignment products and services;

an  extensive  and  varied  customer  base  that  includes  banks  and  other  financial  institutions,  coin  dealers,  collectors,  private  investors,  retail  customers, 
investment advisors, industrial manufacturers, refiners, sovereign and private mints, and mines;

the ability to cost effectively acquire and retain new retail customers, with approximately 456,600 active customers on the JMB platform and approximately 
19,700 active Goldline customers;

the ability to offer secured financing to customers;

our expertise in e-commerce and marketing;

secure storage and turn-key logistic services for precious metals products;

long-standing  relationships  with  the  United  States  Mint  and  other  sovereign  mints,  including  a  working  relationship  with  the  United  States  Mint  of  over  35 
years;

access to primary market makers, suppliers and refiners that, along with government mints, provide a dependable supply of precious metals and precious metal 
products;

the ability to obtain more favorable pricing and financing terms due to our size;

minting operations and partnerships which produce silver bullion and custom coins, allowing for a ready response to changing market demands;

the ability to design and fabricate proprietary silver products for customers;

the largest precious metals dealer network in North America;

5

 
•

•

•

depository relationships in major financial centers around the world;

our global trading systems, coupled with experienced traders who also effectively manage A-Mark's exposure to commodity price risk; and

a strong management team, with over 100 years of collective industry experience.

As part of our growth strategy, we are focused on:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Continuing  to  grow  our  consumer  facing  brands—We  fully  own  seven  unique  direct-to-consumer  brands  and  have  minority  ownership  interests  in  four 
additional consumer facing brands. Each of these brands has a differentiated market positioning and target customer demographic, which allows us to tailor our 
merchandising,  pricing,  and  advertising  strategies  to  maximize  the  growth  and  profitability  of  each  brand.  We  plan  to  continue  to  invest  in  the  Direct-to-
Consumer segment, to facilitate both the acquisition of new customers and the retention of our existing customers.

Cross-selling existing A-Mark products and services to JMB customers—As of June 30, 2023, JMB had approximately 2.2 million total customers and 456,600 
active customers. We believe there are continued opportunities to offer new products and services provided by A-Mark to this customer base, including new, 
proprietary minted precious metals products, secure storage and logistics.

Leveraging our minting capabilities to sell additional proprietary products—We have long-standing relationships with the United States Mint and other major 
international sovereign mints. We also own one mint, Silver Towne, and have a noncontrolling interest in another mint. We leverage our relationships with these 
mints  to  offer  proprietary  products  to  our  wholesale  and  direct-to-consumer  customers.  The  acquisition  of  JMB  has  provided  us  with  a  significantly  larger 
direct-to-consumer customer base, allowing us to increase the number of proprietary products we design, source, and ultimately sell. 

Expanding our global footprint—We currently serve customers on four continents. Although the majority of our current sales are to customers located in the 
United States, we believe there is a meaningful opportunity to expand our capabilities in order to offer additional products and services to customers in Canada, 
Europe, and Asia.

Leveraging  technology  to  deliver  new  products  and  increased  services  to  customers—We  are  dedicating  significant  time  and  resources  to  enhance  our 
technology platform and capabilities across all aspects of our business and the addition of JMB is helping to enhance these efforts. We intend to develop new 
digital products that will allow customers to more easily buy, sell, and arrange for storage of physical metal products through a mobile interface. We also intend 
to continue to improve our customer interfaces to allow more seamless order processing, better cross-selling of products and services across our business units, 
to increase our new customer targeting and acquisition strategies, and to further improve our fulfillment and inventorying capabilities.

Pursuing strategic investments and acquisitions—Since our initial investment in JMB in 2014, we have acquired Goldline, made minority investments in four 
additional consumer facing precious metals retailers, acquired the entire equity interest in JMB, acquired two new brands which we have fully integrated into 
JMB, acquired the entire equity interest in Silver Towne Mint and acquired a noncontrolling interest in a private mint. We intend to continue to evaluate new 
investment  and  acquisition  opportunities  that  allow  us  to  broaden  our  product  offerings,  allow  us  to  better  serve  our  existing  customer  base,  enter  new 
geographic regions and target new customer demographics.

Business Segments

The Company conducts its operations in three reportable segments: (i) Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, (ii) Direct-to-Consumer, and (iii) Secured Lending. See 

Note 19 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our reportable segments.

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

A-Mark  operates  through  several  business  units  that  comprise  the  Wholesale  Sales  & Ancillary  Services  segment,  including  Industrial,  Coin  and  Bar,  Trading  and 

Finance, Storage, Logistics, and Mint.

Industrial.  Our  Industrial  unit  sells  gold,  silver,  platinum,  and  palladium  to  industrial  and  commercial  users.  Customers  include  coin  fabricators  such  as  mints  and 
industrial  manufacturers,  encompassing  electronics  and  component  parts  companies  and  refiners.  Depending  on  the  intended  usage,  the  metals  are  either  investment  or 
industrial grade and are generally in the form of bars or grains.

Coin  and  Bar.  Our  Coin  and  Bar  unit  deals  in  over  1,800  different  products,  including  gold  and  silver  coins  from  around  the  world  and  gold,  silver,  platinum  and 
palladium  bars  and  ingots  in  a  variety  of  weights,  shapes,  and  sizes.  Our  customers  include  coin  and  bullion  dealers,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions,  commodity 
brokerage  houses,  manufacturers,  investors,  investment  advisors,  and  collectors  who  qualify  as  “eligible  commercial  entities”  and  “eligible  contract  participants,”  as  those 
terms are defined in the Commodity Exchange Act.

6

 
We are an authorized distributor (and, in the case of the United States Mint, an authorized purchaser) of gold and silver coins for all of the major sovereign mints and 
various private mints. The sovereign mints include the United States Mint, the Australian (Perth) Mint, the Austrian Mint, the Royal Canadian Mint, the China Mint, Banco de 
Mexico,  the  South African  Mint  (Rand  Refinery)  and  the  Royal  Mint  (United  Kingdom). We  purchase  and  take  delivery  of  coins  from  the  mints  for  resale  to  coin  dealers, 
financial institutions, and other qualified purchasers.

Our distribution and purchase agreements with the mints are non-exclusive and may be terminated by the mints at any time, although in practice our relationships with 
the  mints  are  long-standing,  in  some  cases,  as  with  the  United  States  Mint,  extending  back  for  over  35  years.  In  some  cases,  we  have  developed  exclusive  products  with 
sovereign and private mints for distribution through our dealer network.

In our Industrial and Coin and Bar units, orders are taken telephonically and on an electronic trading platform that can be accessed by qualified wholesale customers at 
www.amark.com.  Pricing  is  generally  based  on  screen  quotes  for  bullion  transactions  in  the  spot  market,  with  two-day  settlement,  although  special  pricing  and  extended 
settlement terms are also available. Almost all customers in these units take physical delivery of the precious metal. Product is shipped upon receipt of payment, except where 
the purchase is financed under credit arrangements between A-Mark and the customer. We have relationships with precious metal depositories around the world to facilitate 
shipment of product from our inventory to these customers, in many cases for next day delivery. Product may either be shipped to the customer's location or delivered to a 
depository or other storage facility designated by the customer. The Company also periodically loans metals to customers on a short-term consignment basis and may charge 
interest fees based on the value of the metals loaned. 

Trading and Finance. Our Trading and Finance units engage in commodity hedging as well as borrowing and lending transactions in support of our Industrial and Coin 

and Bar units.

The Trading unit hedges the commodity risk on A-Mark's inventory in order to protect A-Mark from market price fluctuations. A-Mark maintains relationships with 
major market-makers and multiple futures brokers in order to provide a variety of alternatives for its hedging needs. Our traders employ a combination of future and forward 
contracts to hedge our market exposure. Because it seeks to substantially hedge its market exposure, A-Mark believes that its business largely functions independently of the 
price movements of the underlying commodities. Through its hedging activities, A-Mark may also earn contango yields, in which futures price are higher than the current spot 
prices, or backwardation yields, in which futures prices are lower than the spot prices. A-Mark also offers precious metals price quotes in a number of foreign currencies.

Our Finance unit engages in precious metals borrowing and lending transactions and other customized financial transactions with or on behalf of our customers and 
other counterparties. These arrangements range from simple hedging structures to complex inventory finance arrangements and forward purchase and sale structures, tailored to 
the needs of our customers.

Storage.  Our  Transcontinental  Depository  Services,  LLC  ("TDS")  subsidiary  provides  storage  solutions  for  precious  metals  and  numismatic  coins  for  financial 
institutions, dealers, investors, and collectors worldwide. TDS contracts on behalf of our clients with independent secure storage facilities in the United States, Canada, Europe, 
Singapore, and Hong Kong, for either fully segregated or allocated storage. We assist our clients in developing appropriate storage options for their particular requirements, and 
we manage the operational aspects of the storage with the third-party facilities on our clients' behalf.  TDS's marketing efforts are conducted both in conjunction with A-Mark's 
trading operations and independently, including through its dedicated website www.tdsvaults.com.

Logistics. Our A-M Global Logistics, LLC ("Logistics") subsidiary, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, supports our Wholesale Sales business by providing a significant 
amount of the secured storage and shipping and delivery services that had historically been outsourced to third-party depositories in their various locations. By consolidating 
those operations into one central location under our control, we reduced our dependence on third-party service providers while enhancing quality control and reducing operating 
costs. Logistics also provides turn-key logistics services to our customers engaged in the retail business. We provide these customers inventory handling, packaging, storage, 
and drop-shipping services.

AMTAG. Our A-Mark Trading AG ("AMTAG") subsidiary promotes the Company's products and services to international markets.

Mint. Through its AMST subsidiary, the Company owns the minting operations of the Silver Towne Mint (or the "Mint"), providing greater product selection to our 
customers  and  greater  pricing  stability  within  the  supply  chain,  as  well  as  increased  access  to  fabricated  silver  products  during  volatile  market  environments. A-Mark  has 
leveraged Silver Towne Mint’s fabrication capabilities  to introduce new custom products for individual customers.

Although the Company and JMB are the Mint’s primary customers, the Mint also markets its products at www.silvertowne.com. In March 2023, the Mint achieved ISO 

9000:2015 certification which allows all products produced by the Mint to be accepted into individual retirement accounts ("IRA"). 

7

 
The  Company  operates  its  Direct-to-Consumer  segment  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  JM  Bullion,  Inc.  (“JMB”)  and  Goldline,  Inc.  (“Goldline”).  The 
Company’s Direct-to-Consumer segment expands the Company’s distribution capabilities with a retail distribution channel and diversifies the products and services offered to 
the Company’s retail customers by providing them access to the Company’s wider assortment of precious metal coins and bars, as well as TDS’s storage and asset protection 
services.

Direct-to-Consumer

JMB

JMB,  which  became  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  in  March  2021,  is  a  leading  internet  retailer  of  precious  metal  products  that  it  sells  through  its 

proprietary websites.

Products. JMB’s products consist primarily of coins, rounds, and bars. Coins are minted by a sovereign government, are legal currency and have a face value, although 
the face value is typically less than the value of their precious metal content. Rounds are coin-like objects with thematic designs minted by private mints, have no face value 
and are not legal currency, and their value is solely based upon their precious metal content. Bars are ingot-shaped precious metal objects that are usually produced by private 
mints. Like rounds, bars have no face value, are not legal currency and are valued based on their precious metal content. Coins, rounds, and bars are made from silver, gold, 
platinum, or palladium and in some cases copper. JMB occasionally sells jewelry products fashioned around coins or rounds as well.

JMB offers nearly 5,000 different products, measured by stock keeping units or SKUs, on its websites during a fiscal year. This number can vary over time, particularly 
when demand is high. As a service to its customers, JMB makes available for sale on its websites protective accessories for precious metal products, including acrylic coin 
holders and capsules, coin tubes and silver bar tubes.

JMB  owns  and  operates  six  separately  branded  websites  targeting  specific  segments  within  the  precious  metals  market:  JMBullion.com,  ProvidentMetals.com, 
Silver.com, CyberMetals.com, BGASC.com, and BullionMax.com. JMB also owns two websites: GoldPrice.org and SilverPrice.org, which publish data on precious metal and 
cryptocurrency pricing and generate leads for its other websites. 

Through  the  CyberMetals  online  platform,  customers  can  purchase  and  sell  fractional  shares  of  digital  gold,  silver,  platinum,  and  palladium  bars  in  a  range  of 
denominations. CyberMetals’ customers have the option to convert their digital holdings to fabricated precious metals products via an integrated redemption flow with JMB. 
These products may be designated for storage by the Company or shipped directly to the customer. 

Customers may order product on each of the JMBullion.com, ProvidentMetals.com and Silver.com websites. While each of these sites appeals to a different customer 
clientele and may from time to time have slightly different product offerings, all orders are processed in the same manner. Customers may place their orders online, or they may 
use the toll-free telephone number available on the websites to order through a customer representative. The SilverPrice.org and GoldPrice.org websites provide real time price 
information on silver, gold, and cryptocurrencies. Although customers cannot order product on these websites, the websites direct visitors to JMBullion.com for placing orders. 

JMB utilizes an internally developed search engine optimization, or SEO, strategy to drive traffic to its websites, particularly to JMBullion.com. JMB also pays for 
placement on the major search engines, including Google, Bing, Apple, and Yahoo!, employing internally developed strategies to reach a targeted audience and to optimize the 
cost effectiveness of paid for searches.

JMB's Direct-to-Consumer Purchase Program. JMB also offers to purchase precious metal products through its websites. With this program, JMB provides collectors 
of precious metal products with a means to dispose of their holdings at transparent and competitive prices. Generally, JMB will indicate on its websites the products that it is 
interested in purchasing, and a collector seeking to sell such products may arrange the sale online. Alternatively, the collector may call a customer representative using the toll-
free number on the website and arrange a sale by telephone.

The Direct-to-Consumer Purchase Program is a source of inventory for JMB, which enables JMB to acquire product for resale at a discount to dealer prices. 

Logistics.  The  Company's  main  distribution  facility  in  Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  together  with  its  ancillary  facility  in  Dallas,  Texas,  handle  the  backend  logistics  for  the 

Company's Direct-to-Consumer Purchase Program and the secured storage for CyberMetals' precious metals.

Goldline

Goldline, acquired by the Company in August 2017, is a direct retailer of precious metals to the investor community. Goldline markets its precious metal products on 
television, radio, podcasts, and the internet, as well as through customer service outreach, particularly to Goldline’s repeat customers. Online orders are taken on an electronic 
trading platform that can be accessed by qualified retail customers at www.goldline.com. 

8

 
Goldline customers are required to enter into an account agreement that specifies the terms and conditions of purchase and explains the availability of certain programs 

and services offered by Goldline to its customers.

Products. Goldline offers a variety of products from gold, silver, and platinum bullion in the form of bars and coins, as well as rare coins. 

Goldline's  Direct-to-Consumer  Purchase  Program.  Through  Precious  Metals  Purchasing  Partners,  LLC  ("PMPP"),  a  joint  venture  between  Goldline  and  one  of  the 
Company's related parties, Goldline acquires precious metals from its retail customers in order to diversify its supply of product offerings and provide discounted pricing to its 
affiliates.  This program provides Goldline's customers with a means to monetize their holdings efficiently and at competitive prices. 

Intellectual Property. AM IP Assets, LLC ("AMIP"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Goldline, manages certain intellectual property of Goldline, including customer lists 

and a sales lead data base.

Secured Lending

The Company operates its Secured Lending segment through its wholly-owned subsidiary, CFC, which in turn owns AM Capital Funding, LLC (“AMCF”). CFC and 
AMCF have been operating since fiscal years 2005 and 2019, respectively. CFC Alternative Investments, LLC (“CAI”), a subsidiary of CFC, is a party to a joint venture known 
as Collectible Card Partners, LLC (“CCP”), which was formed for the purpose of making commercial loans collateralized by graded sports cards and sports memorabilia. 

CFC is a California licensed finance lender that originates and acquires commercial loans secured by bullion, numismatic coins, sports cards and sports memorabilia. 
CFC's  customers  include  coin  and  precious  metal  dealers,  investors,  and  collectors. As  of  June  30,  2023,  the  aggregate  balance  of  CFC's  secured  loans  was  approximately 
$100.6 million which is comprised of approximately 32% of loans acquired from third-parties and approximately 68% of loans originated by CFC.

AMCF is a special purpose entity whose sole activity consists of operating, owning, and financing precious metal inventory through the issuance of notes (the “AMCF 
Notes”). AMCF Notes are primarily payable from, and secured by, (i) precious metals obtained by AMCF, (ii) a portfolio of bullion loans collateralized by precious metals, 
which loans were originated by either CFC or acquired by CFC from third parties and conveyed by CFC to AMCF, and (iii) cash. The indenture governing the AMCF Notes 
requires AMCF to maintain a specified level of collateral. The indenture also provides that AMCF’s assets are not to be commingled with those of CFC or A-Mark (or any 
affiliate) and that AMCF is to maintain separate books and records. 

It is expected that AMCF will be liquidated shortly following the repayment of the AMCF Notes, which mature on December 15, 2023. 

General. The secured loans that CFC issues consist of on-demand loans and loans with a term of three months to 364 days, with a typical term of approximately six 
months. Repayment of the loans can be made at any time without penalty. Because the loans are of relatively short duration, CFC does not have significant exposure to interest 
rate fluctuations, even in a rising interest rate environment. Loans carried by CFC range in size up to approximately $14.0 million.

All  loans  are  fully  secured  by  bullion,  numismatic  coins,  graded  sports  memorabilia,  or  other  eligible  alternative  investment  assets.  TDS,  on  behalf  of  CFC,  takes 
physical custody of the coins or bullion collateralizing the loans. CFC requires loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios of between 50% and 85%. LTV ratio refers to the principal amount 
of the loan divided by the liquidation value of the collateral, as conservatively estimated by CFC for numismatic loans and based on daily spot market prices for bullion loans. 
The LTV ratio varies with the nature of the collateral, with CFC allowing, for example, a higher LTV ratio for bullion than for rare coins. If, because of fluctuations in the 
market price of the pledged collateral, the LTV ratio on a loan increases above a prescribed maximum ratio, typically 85%, CFC can make a margin call on the loan. If the 
borrower does not meet the margin call, either by wiring payment or supplying additional collateral, CFC is authorized to sell the collateral, which it does through its A-Mark 
affiliates. CFC has never experienced losses of principal on its loans.

Origination Activity. CFC's origination activities are complementary to the Company’s coin and bullion businesses and afford our customers a convenient means of 
financing their inventory or collections. CFC also attempts to leverage the worldwide storage capabilities of its TDS affiliate by offering clients TDS’s asset protection services 
in connection with the loans. CFC’s marketing efforts for its origination activity are conducted both in conjunction with A-Mark's trading operations, particularly with respect to 
dealers, and independently, including though its dedicated website www.cfcgoldloans.com. Interest rates on loans originated by CFC are determined based on current market 
conditions, borrower profile and type or mix of collateral. CFC also offers a variety of custom loan services to its origination clients, including renewal options, options to 
increase loan size, financing arrangements tailored to facilitate participation in numismatic auctions, and revolving loan arrangements. CFC services the loans that it originates.

9

 
Acquisition Activity. CFC also acquires portfolios of loans secured by bullion and numismatics coins from third-party originators. The loans acquired by CFC are sold 
subject to customary representations and warranties for loan portfolios of this type and must comply with CFC’s criteria for quality of collateral, LTV ratio, term and interest 
rate.  Upon  acquisition  of  a  loan  portfolio,  CFC  takes  physical  possession  of  the  collateral  securing  the  loans.  In  the  event  that  a  loan  is  non-performing,  we  will  typically 
liquidate the collateral on behalf of the originator in order to retire the loan. Typically, loan portfolios acquired by CFC are serviced by the originator for a fee.

Financing Activity.  CFC  has  historically  financed  its  loan  origination  and  acquisition  activity  primarily  through A-Mark's  demand  line  of  credit  with  a  syndicate  of 
several  financial  institutions.  The  AMCF  Notes,  which  mature  on  December  15,  2023,  have  provided  an  additional  source  of  funding  for  CFC's  loan  originations  and 
acquisitions of loan portfolios from third parties. 

Liquidity

Our business depends substantially on our ability to obtain financing for our operations. Sources of cash generated from operating activities include receipts upon the 

sales of precious metals, and cash collected from interest payments on secured loans. 

Sources of cash provided by financing activities are our uncommitted line of credit, fixed interest rate notes, and other structured financing products. The Company’s 
line  of  credit  provides  it  with  the  liquidity  to  buy  and  sell  billions  of  dollars  of  precious  metals  annually,  and  is  used  to  fund  a  substantial  portion  of  the  operations  of  the 
Company. As of June 30, 2023, A-Mark's uncommitted line of credit provided access up to $350.0 million. The maturity date of the credit facility is December 21, 2024.

The Company issued fixed rate notes in September 2018 with an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million, having a maturity of December 15, 2023. The proceeds 
upon  issuance  of  the AMCF  Notes  were  used  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  CFC's  secured  loans  and  other  operating  activities. The  Company  also  generates  funds  from  other 
finance  products  that  include  product  financing  arrangements  with  customers,  whereby  the  Company  sells  its  inventory  with  an  option  to  repurchase,  and  through  precious 
metal borrowing and leasing arrangements with its suppliers. 

The  Company  is  in  discussions  with  its Trading  Credit  Facility  lenders  to  refinance  the AMCF  Notes  under  this  facility.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  refinance  the 
AMCF Notes through the Trading Credit Facility or other alternative financing, the Company intends to generate funds to repay the AMCF Notes through the sale of inventory 
and/or product financing arrangements, which will reduce the Company's liquidity. 

We periodically purchase our own common stock that is traded on public markets as part of our announced stock repurchase program. See more information regarding 

our share repurchase program in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report. 

Market Making Activity

We act as a principal market maker, maintaining a two-way market for buying and selling precious metals. This means we both sell product to and purchase product 

from our customers.

Material Resources

We maintain a substantial inventory of bullion and coins in order to provide our customers with selection and prompt delivery. We acquire product for our inventory in 
the course of our trading activities with our customers, directly from government and private mints, mines, and refiners, and from commodities brokers and dealers, privately 
and in transactions on established commodity exchanges.

A-Mark’s precious metals inventories are subject to market value changes created by change in the underlying commodity price, as well as supply and demand of the 
individual products the Company trades. Our inventory is marked-to-market daily for accounting and financial reporting purposes, except for a relatively insignificant amount 
of inventory that is accounted for at lower of cost or net realizable value. A-Mark’s policy is to remain substantially hedged as to its inventory position and its individual sale 
and purchase commitments. A-Mark seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of financial derivative instruments, such as 
forward and futures contracts.

10

 
Sales and Marketing

We market our products and services to our wholesale customers primarily through our offices in El Segundo, California, and Vienna, Austria, our websites, and our 
dealer  network,  which  we  believe  is  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  North  America.  The  dealer  network  consists  of  approximately  1,000  independent  precious  metal  and  coin 
companies,  with  whom  we  transact  on  a  non-exclusive  basis. The  arrangements  with  the  dealers  vary,  but  generally  the  dealers  acquire  product  from  us  for  resale  to  their 
customers. In some instances, we deliver bullion to the dealers on a consignment basis. We also participate from time to time in trade shows and conventions, at which we 
promote our products and services. As a vertically integrated precious metals company, a key element of our marketing strategy is being able to cross-sell our products and 
services to customers within our various business units.

JMB markets its products over the internet through its proprietary websites, using an internally developed search optimization strategy and paid placements with major 

search engines. Goldline reaches its retail customer base on television, radio, and the internet, as well as through customer service outreach.

Consistent  with  the  marketing  strategy  for  our  wholesale  customers,  we  market  our  secured  loan  products  and  services  to  customers  primarily  through  our  dealer 

network and by participating in trade shows and conventions.

Operational Support

The Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment maintains administrative and operational support related to its trading, hedging, and finance product operations at 
its  headquarters  in  El  Segundo,  California.  We  believe  that  our  existing  administrative  and  operational  support  infrastructure  has  the  capacity  to  scale  with  our  business 
activities. We store our inventories of bullion and numismatics at third-party depositories in major financial centers around the world and at our secured facility in Las Vegas, 
Nevada.

The  Direct-to-Consumer  segment  maintains  administrative  and  operational  support  at  its  office  in  Dallas,  Texas  and  Los  Angeles,  California,  for  originating  and 

processing its retail orders. The Company's Trading, Finance, and Logistics business units provide supporting services such as hedging and order fulfillment.

The Secured Lending segment maintains administrative support at its headquarters in El Segundo, California for the processing of its originated loans, including billing, 
managing margin calls, and tracking of precious metal collateral. For the processing and administration of loans that are acquired from a third party (which may be a customer 
of A-Mark), customer invoices are typically processed by the originating dealer of the loan portfolio through a fee-based servicing arrangement. Collateral custody and security 
is managed by our Logistics business unit.

Customer Concentrations

For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023,  we  had  one  customer  that  comprised  more  than  10%  of  our  revenues.  See  Note  18  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.  The  Company's  largest  customers  generally  are  engaged  with  us  in  significant  forward  contract  sales  activity  (as  opposed  to  those  customers  with  whom  we 
principally have physical trading activity), which are entered into in order to hedge the Company's commodity holding risks, and not for speculative purposes.

Competition

A-Mark's activities cover a broad spectrum of the precious metals industry, with a concentration on the physical market. We service public, industrial, and private sector 
consumers of precious metals which include industrial manufacturers, refiners, minting facilities, banks, brokerage houses, and private investors. We frequently face different 
competitors in each area, and it is not uncommon for a customer and/or a supplier in one market segment to be a competitor in another.

Our Direct-to-Consumer segment competes with numerous online and other retailers of direct-to-consumer precious metal products. The principal competitors of JMB 
include APMEX, SD Bullion, and Bullion Exchanges. Competition is based primarily on price and customer service, including the ability to offer same day shipping. To a 
lesser extent, competition is also based on product availability, although all major ecommerce retailers will typically stock the products that are most in demand.

Our Secured Lending segment's market is believed to have limited direct competition. We believe factors, including access to capital, secure storage facilities, bullion 

and numismatic expertise, and other related services and offerings, provide us a competitive advantage in that marketplace.

Seasonality and Other Factors Influencing Demand

Our business is generally not seasonal, although demand in the retail market tends to be lower in the summer months. On the other hand, we believe our business is 
directly impacted by the perception of market trends and global economic activity. Historically, higher levels of demand for precious metals are brought on during periods of 
macroeconomic  uncertainty. Typically,  factors  that  impact  such  uncertainty  and  correlate  with  a  higher  level  of  demand  for  precious  metals  include  volatility  in  the  equity 
markets, increases in rates of inflation, and devaluation of the U.S. dollar.

11

 
Compliance with Government Regulations

We are subject to a variety of domestic and foreign laws that relate particularly to our business. Because of the nature and value of the precious metal products in which 
deal, we must be careful to assure compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and a variety of anti-money laundering and know-your-customer rules in response to the 
USA Patriot Act, and similar foreign statutory regimes. 

By reason of our direct-to-consumer business in particular, we collect personal data and are subject to European General Data Protection Regulation, the California 
Consumer Privacy Act and similar domestic and foreign statutes that address the collection, use and monitoring of such data. We continue to devote substantial resources to 
comply with these laws and regulations.

Our CFC financing subsidiary operates under a California Finance Lenders License issued by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation. CFC is 

required to submit a finance lender law annual report to the state which summarizes certain loan portfolio and financial information regarding CFC, which are subject to audit.

Human Capital

The efforts and expertise of our team members are critical to our success. We are devoted to the attraction, development, and retention of our employees, which enable 
us to deliver a high level of service to our customers. Because we have a small number of employees, and certain of our subsidiaries are geographically dispersed as a result of 
various  acquisitions  as  well  as  from  internal  growth,  our  focus  is  on  maintaining  a  relationship-based  and  collaborative  work  environment  within  each  of  our  geographical 
locations.  For  the  most  part,  these  operating  businesses  are  authorized  to  establish  specific  policies  and  practices  concerning  the  attraction  and  retention  of  person  in  their 
organizations, addressing, among other things: maintaining a safe work environment for employees, customers and other business partners, offering competitive compensation 
and benefits to employees, and hiring practices intended to identify qualified candidates and promote diversity and inclusion in the workforce.

At  the  same  time,  we  recognize  the  importance  of  “Tone  at  the  Top”,  and  we  have  adopted  company-wide  corporate  governance  policies  and  procedures  which 
emphasize  accountability,  transparency,  fairness,  and  responsibility.  A-Mark’s  senior  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  monitoring  A-Mark’s  corporate 
governance practices, including monitoring governance efforts at each location, and participating in the resolution of governance-related issues as needed. A-Mark’s Code of 
Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  emphasizes,  among  other  things,  the  commitment  to  ethics  and  compliance  with  the  law  and  provides  basic  standards  for  ethical  and  legal 
behavior of all its employees.

As of June 30, 2023, the Company had 429 employees, with 427 located in North America, and 2 located in Europe; all except 16 of these employees were considered 
full-time  employees.  Our  overall  employee  retention  rate  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  was  74%;  excluding  the  Mint  and  Logistics  operations,  which  hire  largely  in 
response to fluctuating business demands, our retention rate was 90%. For the companies we have owned for more than five years, the percentage of employees who have more 
than five years of service was 29%. For the companies we have owned and operated for less than five years, the percentage of employees who have continued their employment 
since the respective acquisition dates was 37%.

A-Mark is committed to supporting our employees’ financial, mental, and physical well-being. Across our various companies, we offer competitive pay and benefits, 
including annual short-term incentive awards and long-term equity awards, an employee savings 401(k) plan and company matching contributions, health insurance, disability 
insurance, life insurance, health savings and flexible spending accounts, wellness incentives, paid time off, family leave, parental leave, and employee assistance programs. 

A-Mark provides equal employment opportunities to all qualified individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, pregnancy, 
age, national origin, physical or mental disability, military or veteran status, genetic information, or any other protected classification. Equal employment opportunity includes, 
but is not limited to, hiring, training, promotion, demotion, transfer, leaves of absence, and termination. The diversity of our workforce is essential, and we are committed to 
diversity and inclusion throughout the Company to ensure a wide range of experiences, perspectives, and skills to provide better solutions, drive innovation and creativity, and 
enhance  decision  making. As  of  June  30,  2023,  approximately  35%  of  our  employees  identified  as  female,  and  42%  of  our  employees  were  made  up  of  underrepresented 
minorities. 

Corporate Information

Our  executive  offices  are  located  at  2121  Rosecrans  Avenue,  Suite  6300,  El  Segundo  CA  90245.  Our  telephone  number  is  (310)  587-1477,  and  our  website  is 
www.amark.com. Through this website, we make available, free of charge, all of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), including those under the 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"). Such reports are made available on the same day that they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. In 
addition,  copies  of  our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  for  Employees,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  for  Senior  Financial  and  Other  Officers,  and  Code  of 
Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors are available through our website, along with other information regarding our corporate governance policies.

12

 
Geographic Information

See Note 19 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for information about Company's geographic operations.

13

 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Market Trends and Global Events

The  demand  for  our  products  and  our  profitability  ultimately  depends  on  preferences  and  perceptions  regarding  the  desirability  of  owning  precious  metals,  but  those 
preferences and perceptions are subject to change.

While the Company operates at both the wholesale and direct-to-consumer levels, the demand for our products is dependent upon the perceptions and preferences in the 
global  market  regarding  the  ownership  of  precious  metals  and  numismatics.  These  perceptions  and  preferences  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  world  events  (as 
discussed more fully below), business and economic conditions, inflationary and other currency related trends and alternative investment opportunities. All such factors may 
change over time and as a consequence the results of our operations, profitability and stock price may vary over both the short and the long term.

In recent times, our profitability has risen to historically unprecedented levels, but may in the future revert to more normalized levels.

Global and macroeconomic events have had an overall positive effect on the demand for our products and ancillary services, the margins that we are able to realize on 
our products and services and our overall profitability. Our stock price has responded favorably to these unprecedented circumstances as well. While it is not possible to predict 
with any accuracy future market trends, our business may revert at some point to levels more closely in line with industry activity prior to such events, particularly in the direct-
to-consumer business of the Company. If that were to occur our profitability and the price of our stock could return to more normalized levels as well.

We regularly seek to innovate and to anticipate market changes, but there is no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

We are alert to the special sensitivity of our business to economic, social and political trends and events, and we attempt to project their effects on our business over the 
long term. For example, we have been placing increasing emphasis on our direct-to-consumer business, in anticipation that the economic uncertainties, market volatilities and 
global  challenges  that  we  face  will  continue  to  make  investment  in  precious  metals  and  numismatics  more  attractive  to  individual  consumers.  There  can  be  no  assurance, 
however, that we will be correct in our assessments of market trends or evolving business and consumer preferences, or that, even if our judgments are correct, our response to 
projected trends and preferences will be timely or effective. Moreover, because of the sensitivity of our business to macro-economic, social and political circumstances, there 
may be no effective strategy to insulate us from the adverse effects that these circumstances could have on our business.

Risks Relating to our Operations 

Our business is heavily dependent on our credit facility.

Our business depends substantially on our ability to obtain financing for our operations. On December 21, 2021, we entered into a new committed facility provided by a 
syndicate of financial institutions (the “Trading Credit Facility”), with a total current revolving commitment of up to $350.0 million and with a termination date of December 
21,  2024. The Trading  Credit  Facility  provides  the  Company  with  the  liquidity  to  buy  and  sell  billions  of  dollars  of  precious  metals  annually. A-Mark  routinely  uses  funds 
drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to purchase metals from its suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes. Our CFC subsidiary also uses the funds drawn under the 
Trading Credit Facility to finance certain of its lending activities. 

The Trading Credit Facility requires us to comply with customary affirmative and negative covenants, and with a variety of financial covenants, including a minimum 
working capital requirement; a fixed charge coverage ratio; a ratio of total recourse debt to consolidated tangible net worth; and limitations on the amount of ownership-based 
financings (as defined). Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Trading Credit Facility that was not cured or waived pursuant to the terms of the Trading Credit 
Facility,  the  lenders  under  the Trading  Credit  Facility  could  elect  to  declare  all  amounts  outstanding  under  the Trading  Credit  Facility  to  be  due  and  payable  immediately. 
Further, lenders holding at least 66.67% of the revolving commitments under the Trading Credit Facility may require us to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Trading 
Credit  Facility  at  any  time,  even  if  we  are  in  compliance  with  the  financial  and  other  covenants  under  the  Trading  Credit  Facility. After  such  demand,  each  lender  with  a 
revolving loan commitment may, but is not obligated to, make revolving loans until the termination date of the Trading Credit Facility.

If we are unable to access funds under the Trading Credit Facility, we may be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage 

in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

14

 
 
We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, including the Trading Credit 
Facility, upon demand or acceleration, or at maturity, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments under the Trading Credit Facility. Our failure to renew or 
replace the Trading Credit Facility under such circumstances would reduce the financing available to us and could limit our ability to conduct our business, including certain 
lending activity of our CFC subsidiary. There can be no assurance that we could procure replacement financing on commercially acceptable terms on a timely basis, or at all. 
We  have  pledged  a  significant  portion  of  our  assets  as  collateral  under  the Trading  Credit  Facility,  and  if  we  were  unable  to  repay  the  amounts  outstanding  thereunder,  the 
administrative agent under the Trading Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to secure such indebtedness. 

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates based on the variable interest terms of the Trading Credit Facility, and we may not be able to pass along to our customers 

and borrowers some or any part of an increase in the interest that we are required to pay under the Trading Credit Facility. 

Loans under our credit facility may bear interest based on SOFR, but experience with SOFR based loans is limited. 

Revolving loans under the Trading Credit Facility are at our option either Based Rate Loans that bear interest at a base rate plus a prescribed margin, or SOFR Loans 
that bear interest at rates selected by us based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (SOFR) plus prescribed margins. 
The  use  of  SOFR  based  rates  replaced  rates  based  on  the  London  interbank  offered  rate  (LIBOR),  and  reflects  the  cessation  of  the  publication  of  LIBOR  rates  previously 
announced by regulators in the United Kingdom and the discontinuation of the use of LIBOR in the financial markets. The use of SOFR based rates may result in interest rates 
and/or payments that are higher or lower than the rates and payments that we experienced under our prior Trading Credit Facility, where interest rates were based on LIBOR. 
Also, the use of SOFR based rates is relatively new, and there could be unanticipated difficulties or disruptions with the calculation and publication of SOFR based rates. In 
particular, if the agent under the Trading Credit Facility determines that SOFR Rates cannot be determined or the agent or the lenders determine that SOFR based rates do not 
adequately reflect the cost of funding the SOFR Loans, outstanding SOFR Loans will be converted into Base Rate Loans. This could result in increased borrowing costs for the 
Company. 

We could suffer losses with our financing operations.

We engage in a variety of financing activities with our customers:

•

•

•

•

•

Receivables from our customers with whom we trade in precious metal products are effectively short-term, non-interest bearing extensions of credit that are, in 
certain cases, secured by the related products maintained in the Company’s possession or by a letter of credit issued on behalf of the customer. On average, 
these receivables are outstanding up to 10 days.

We  make  advances  to  our  customers  on  unrefined  metals  secured  by  materials  received  from  the  customer.  These  advances  are  limited  to  a  portion  of  the 
materials received.

The Company makes unsecured, short-term, non-interest bearing advances to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.

The Company periodically extends short-term credit through the issuance of notes receivable to approved customers at interest rates determined on a customer-
by-customer basis.

The Company operates a financing business through CFC which makes secured loans at loan-to-value ratios—principal loan amount divided by the liquidation 
value, as conservatively estimated by management, of the collateral—of, in most cases, 50% to 85%. These loans are both variable and fixed interest rate loans, 
with some maturities on-demand and others from three to twelve months.

Our ability to minimize losses on the credit that we extend to our customers depends on a variety of factors, including:

•

•

•

our loan underwriting and other credit policies and controls designed to assure repayment, which may prove inadequate to prevent losses;

our ability to sell collateral upon customer defaults for amounts sufficient to offset credit losses, which can be affected by a number of factors outside of our 
control, including (i) changes in economic conditions, (ii) increases in market rates of interest and (iii) changes in the condition or value of the collateral; and 

the reserves we establish for loan losses, which may prove insufficient. 

15

 
Liquidity constraints may limit our ability to grow our business.

We  will  require  adequate  sources  of  liquidity  to  fund  both  our  existing  business  and  our  strategy  for  expansion,  evidenced  by  our  acquisition  of  JMB  and  other 
acquisition activity. Currently, our main sources of liquidity are the cash that we generate from operations, our borrowing availability under the Trading Credit Facility, and the 
proceeds from the issuance of the AMCF Notes, which mature on December 15, 2023. There can be no assurance that our sources of liquidity will be adequate to support the 
growth that we are hoping to achieve or that additional sources of financing for this purpose, in the form of additional debt or equity financing, will be available to us, on 
satisfactory terms or at all. Also, the Trading Credit Facility contains, and any future debt financing is likely to contain, various financial and other restrictive covenants. The 
need to comply with these covenants may limit our ability to implement our growth initiatives.

We may experience supply chain disruptions in our operations.

As  a  result  of  various  macro-economic  factors,  including  in  the  past  few  years  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  businesses  in  a  variety  of  industries  have  experienced 
difficulty in obtaining the source materials required for their operations. We require coin and other bullion products, particularly products manufactured by government mints, 
for resale to our customers, and silver for the productions of bullion bars and rounds by our Silver Towne mint. We have multiple sources for obtaining the bullion products 
which we resell to our customers, and our relationships with major refiners have to date provided us with an adequate source of material for our minting operations. We also 
maintain a supply of metal in case we experience a shortage of raw materials for our Silver Towne mint. However, while we do not currently anticipate that our business will 
suffer as a consequence of the current problems in the national and global supply chains, we cannot assure you that this will continue to be the case. Our operations could be 
adversely impacted if we did not have an adequate source of supply for our Silver Towne mint, particularly if we expand our minting operations to meet increased demand, or if 
supply chain disruptions significantly interfered with our sources of coin and bullion for resale. If significant supply chain constraints were to occur, we might be required to cut 
back  on  our  minting  operations  or  we  might  be  unable  to  timely  satisfy  customer  requirements  for  coin  and  bullion  products.  This  could  lead  to  a  loss  of  sales  or  could 
adversely impact our reputation.

We are dependent on our key management personnel and our trading experts.

Our strategic vision and performance are dependent on Gregory Roberts, our Chief Executive Officer, other members of our senior management and certain other key 
employees. We have an employment agreement with Mr. Roberts which expires in June 2027. We also have employment agreements with Thor Gjerdrum, our President, and 
Brian Aquilino, our Chief Operating Officer, which expire in June 2025, and Robert Pacelli, Chief Executive Officer and President of JMB, which expires in June 2026.

These and other employees have expertise in the trading markets, e-commerce operations and digital marketing; have industry-wide reputations; and perform critical 
functions for our business. We cannot offer assurance that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms for the renewal of the employment agreements or otherwise retain our 
key employees. Also, there is significant competition for skilled precious metals traders and other industry professionals. The loss of our current key officers and employees, 
without the ability to replace them, would have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We  rely  extensively  on  computer  systems  to  execute  trades  and  process  transactions,  and  we  could  suffer  substantial  damages  if  the  operation  of  these  systems  were 
interrupted.

We rely on our computer and communications hardware and software systems to execute a large volume of trading transactions each year. Our dependence on computer 
and  communications  technology  increased  with  the  acquisition  of  JMB,  whose  sales  are  conducted  exclusively  through  the  internet.  It  is  therefore  critical  that  we  maintain 
uninterrupted operation of these systems, and we have invested considerable resources to protect our systems from physical compromise and security breaches and to maintain 
backup and redundancy. Nevertheless, our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, 
security  breaches,  including  breaches  of  our  transaction  processing  or  other  systems,  catastrophic  events  such  as  fires,  tornadoes  and  hurricanes,  and  usage  errors  by  our 
employees. Breaches, damage or malfunctions affecting our systems may require significant investment for repair or replacement, and could interrupt our ability to provide 
quotations or trading services, or to conduct our e-commerce business. Also, if personal data were compromised, we could be subject to costly litigation.

Risks Related to World Events

Our business is influenced by political conditions and world events.

The precious metals business is especially subject to global political conditions and world events. Precious metals are viewed by some as a secure financial investment 
in times of political upheaval or unrest, particularly in developing economies, which may drive up pricing. The volatility of the commodity prices for precious metals is also 
likely to increase in politically uncertain times. Conversely, during periods of relative international calm precious metal volatility is likely to decrease, along with demand, and 
the prices of precious metals may retreat. Because our business is dependent on the volatility and pricing of precious metals, we are likely to be influenced by world events 
more than businesses in other economic sectors.

16

 
Russia is continuing to engage in its military action against Ukraine. In response, the U.S. and certain other countries imposed significant sanctions and export controls, 
and  could  impose  further  sanctions  and  controls,  against  Russia,  Belarus  and  certain  individuals  and  entities  connected  to  Russian  or  Belarusian  political,  business,  and 
financial organizations. The conflict has also created uncertainty regarding, and potential shortages of, grain and fossil fuel supplies in Europe and elsewhere. It is not possible 
to predict the broader consequences of this conflict, which could materially adversely affect global trade, currency exchange rates, regional economies and the global economy, 
and its impact on us. We could benefit from the resulting uncertainty and instability, as it may encourage investors to seek perceived safety in the ownership of precious metals. 
On the other hand, we have a marketing support operation in Austria and have significant business in Germany and other parts of Europe that could be materially and adversely 
affected by the continuing or expanded military activity in that region. More generally, a depressing effect on the global economy as a consequence of the military action in 
Ukraine could similarly dampen our business activity and reduce the demand for our products and services.

The Company has experienced outsized growth in its revenues and operating profits since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, but there can be no assurance that this 
level of performance will continue.

The recent growth of the business of the Company generally, and the business of its JMB subsidiary in particular, may be attributed to the unprecedented uncertainties 
and volatility in the financial markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, its effects on the economy and the related government responses. Other contemporary events 
and circumstances, including political polarization, macroeconomic uncertainty, volatility in the financial markets and global instability, have also been contributing factors to 
the recent growth of the business of the Company. In this environment, consumers may have sought perceived financial safety in precious coins and metals.

There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  recent  growth  in  the  precious  metals  business  will  continue  in  future  periods.  Consumer  perceptions  with  respect  to  precious  coins  and 
metals  could  shift,  these  commodities  may  no  longer  be  viewed  as  secure  investments  and  the  demand  for  the  Company’s  products  could  substantially  decline. We  cannot 
predict the performance of our business and operations if and when business conditions revert to more normalized levels. A decline in our future revenues and earnings would 
have  adverse  effects  on  our  overall  results  of  operations  and  could  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline.  Moreover,  because  of  the  nature  of  the  current  business  and  financial 
environment,  particularly  in  regards  to  the  precious  metal  industry,  it  is  difficult  to  create  with  any  acceptable  measure  of  precision  customary  financial  projections  and 
forecasts for our business over the next several years. This could adversely affect our ability to engage in financial and operational planning for the future.

We have significant operations outside the United States.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from business outside the United States, including from customers in developing countries. Business operations outside 
the U.S. are subject to political, economic and other risks inherent in operating in foreign countries. These include risks of general applicability, such as the need to comply with 
multiple regulatory regimes; trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements; and fluctuations in equity, revenues and profits due to changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates. Currently, we do not conduct substantial business with customers in developing countries. However, if our business in these areas of the world were to 
increase, we would also face risks that are particular to developing countries, including the difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables, protecting inventory and 
other assets through foreign legal systems, limitations on the repatriation of earnings, currency devaluation and manipulation of exchange rates, and high levels of inflation.

We try to manage these risks by monitoring current and anticipated political, economic, legal and regulatory developments in the countries outside the United States in 
which we operate or have customers and adjusting operations as appropriate, but there can be no assurance that the measures we adopt will be successful in protecting the 
Company’s business interests.

The current inflationary and high interest rate environment may adversely affect our costs and expenses and the demand for our products.

The United States and other world economies are currently experiencing high interest rates and have recently experienced high levels of inflation, although this has eased in 
recent months. Certain investors, including customers of our Direct-to-Consumer segment, may regard precious metal products as a hedge against inflation and high interest 
rates, which could positively affect demand for our goods and services. However, inflation may also increase our expenses of operations, which because of the nature of our 
business we cannot generally pass along to our customers. Our Trading Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate of interest, so that higher interest rates will also increase 
our cost of borrowing under that facility, and rising interest rates may also increase the costs under our product financing arrangements, and we may be unable to compensate 
for these increases through higher interest income received from our counterparties. Also, inflation, together with high interest rates, may reduce discretionary spending among 
consumers, thereby reducing product demand in the retail sector.  

17

 
 
Risks Related to our Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services Segment

Our business is dependent on a concentrated customer base.

One of A-Mark's key assets is the customer base of its Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment. This customer base provides deep distribution of product and 
makes A-Mark a desirable trading partner for precious metals product manufacturers, including sovereign mints seeking to distribute precious metals coinage or large refiners 
seeking to sell large volumes of physical precious metals. In any given quarter, our sales in this segment may be derived from a small number of significant customers. If our 
relationships with these customers deteriorated, or if we were to lose these customers, our business could be materially adversely affected.

The loss of a government purchaser/distributorship arrangement could materially adversely affect our business.

A-Mark’s business is heavily dependent on its purchaser/distributorship arrangements with various governmental mints. Our ability to offer numismatic coins and bars 
to our customers on a competitive basis is based on the ability to purchase products directly from a government source. The arrangements with the governmental mints may be 
discontinued  by  them  at  any  time.  The  loss  of  an  authorized  purchaser/distributor  relationship,  including  with  the  U.S.  Mint,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business.

We operate in a highly competitive industry.

The business of buying and selling precious metals is global and highly competitive. The Company competes with precious metals firms and banks throughout North 
America, Europe and elsewhere in the world, some of whom have greater financial and other resources, and greater name recognition, than the Company. We believe that, as a 
full-service firm devoted exclusively to precious metals trading, we offer pricing, product availability, execution, financing alternatives and storage options that are attractive to 
our  customers  and  allow  us  to  compete  effectively. We  also  believe  that  our  purchaser/distributorship  arrangements  with  various  governmental  mints  give  us  a  competitive 
advantage in our coin distribution business. However, given the global reach of the precious metals business, the absence of intellectual property protections and the availability 
of numerous, evolving platforms for trading in precious metals, we cannot assure you that A-Mark will be able to continue to compete successfully or that future developments 
in the industry will not create additional competitive challenges.

The Company is subject to risks relating to its AMST operations. 

Our AMST subsidiary, which operates our Silver Towne Mint, depends on critical pieces of equipment which may be out of service occasionally for scheduled upgrades 
or maintenance or as a result of unanticipated failures or business interruptions. AMST’s facilities are subject to equipment failures and the risk of catastrophic loss due to 
unanticipated events such as fires, earthquakes, accidents or violent weather conditions. AMST has insurance to cover certain of the risks associated with equipment damage 
and  resulting  business  interruption,  but  there  are  certain  events  that  would  not  be  covered  by  insurance,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  insurance  will  continue  to  be 
available on acceptable terms. 

AMST's ability to continue to expand the scope of its services and customer base depends in part on its ability to increase the size of its skilled labor force. In the past, 
the demand for skilled personnel has been high and the supply limited. The inability to employ or retain skilled technical personnel could adversely affect AMST’s operating 
results.

We have in the past engaged, and continue to engage, in transactions with Stack’s Bowers, an affiliate of the Company, which could be perceived as not being made at 
arms-length.

Stack’s-Bowers Numismatics, LLC ("Stack's Bowers"), which is primarily engaged in the business of auctions of high-value and rare coins and in coin retailing, is a 
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Spectrum  Group  International,  Inc.  ("SGI"),  our  former  parent  and  a  related  party.  We  have  engaged  in  the  past,  and  continue  to  engage,  in 
transactions  with  Stack’s  Bowers.  These  transactions  include  secured  lending  transactions  in  which  Stack’s  Bowers  is  the  borrower,  and  other  transactions  involving  the 
purchase and sale of rare coins, including with JMB. SGI and the Company have a common chief executive officer, and the chief executive officer and the general counsel of 
the Company are board members of SGI. In addition, a majority of the board of directors of the Company have an ownership interest in SGI that in the aggregate represents a 
controlling interest in SGI. All transactions between the Company and Stack’s Bowers are approved by our Audit Committee, and we believe that all such transactions are on 
terms no less favorable to the Company than would be obtained from an unaffiliated third-party. Nonetheless, these transactions could be perceived as being conflicted.

The materials held by A-Mark are subject to loss, damage, theft or restriction on access.

A-Mark has significant quantities of high-value precious metals at its Logistics facilities, at third-party depositories and in transit. There is a risk that part or all of the 
gold and other precious metals held by A-Mark, whether on its own behalf or on behalf of its customers, could be lost, damaged or stolen. In addition, access to A-Mark’s 
precious  metals  could  be  restricted  by  natural  events  (such  as  an  earthquake)  or  human  actions  (such  as  a  terrorist  attack). Although  we  maintain  insurance  on  terms  and 
conditions that we consider appropriate, we may not have adequate sources of recovery if our precious metals inventory is lost, damaged, stolen or destroyed, and recovery may 
be limited. Among other things, our insurance policies exclude coverage in the event of loss as a result of terrorist attacks or civil unrest.

18

 
Our Logistics depository is subject to authorization by our lenders.

Our lenders under our Trading Credit Facility have approved our Logistics facilities as an authorized depository. If that approval were to be withdrawn for any reason, 

we would no longer be able to keep inventory at that location, which would substantially limit our ability to conduct business from that facility.

Risks Related to our Direct-to Consumer Segment

Our Direct-to-Consumer businesses could be subject to accusations of improper sales practices.

Through our JMB and Goldline subsidiaries, the Company sells precious metals and numismatics directly to the retail investor community. JMB markets its products 
over the internet. Goldline markets its precious metal products on television, radio, and over the internet, and through customer service outreach. Prior to its acquisition by the 
Company, Goldline had been accused of improper sales practices, and was the subject of a state enforcement action that was subsequently settled. Other retailers of precious 
metal products have similarly been the subject of accusations regarding their sales practices, including claims of misrepresentation, excessive product markups, pressured sales 
tactics and product switching. The Company believes that the sales practices of its Goldline subsidiary conform to applicable legal and ethical standards, and that there is no 
material basis for claims against Goldline in this regard. Nevertheless, given the nature of the retail precious metals business, the possibility that investors in precious metals 
may lose a substantial portion of their investment as a result of adverse market trends and the vulnerability of certain retail precious metal investors to economic loss, there can 
be no assurance that claims will not be made regarding business practices of Goldline or JMB or that, if made, such claims will not attract the attention of governmental and 
private sector consumer advocates. Were this to occur, the Company could suffer adverse publicity, be subject to governmental enforcements actions or be forced to modify the 
sales and marketing practices of its direct-to-consumer business. 

Our Direct-to-Consumer businesses operate in a highly competitive environment.

JMB and Goldline face competition from other specialty online precious metal and coin sites, as well as from traditional precious metal retail brokers and coin stores. In 
addition,  certain  general  online  merchandisers  such  as  eBay  also  offer  collectible  coins  and  bullion  for  sale,  and  other  major  online  retailers,  with  financial  and  marketing 
resources, name recognition and a customer base that are far greater than those that are available to JMB and Goldline, may in the future enter this market. Competition is based 
upon the availability of coin and bullion product, price, delivery times, convenience and customer service. There can be no assurance that JMB and Goldline will be able to 
compete effectively with other retail sources and channels for precious coin and bullion, especially if the demand for these products were to contract from its current record 
high levels.

We intend to continue to pursue selective acquisitions and investments to complement our organic growth, which may not be successful.

As part of our Direct-to-Consumer operating strategy, we have sought, and in the future may seek, to supplement our organic growth through strategic acquisitions of 
and investments in other e-commerce retailers of coins and precious metals. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition or investment candidates in the future. If we are 
unable to successfully execute on organic growth opportunities or complete acquisitions or investments in the future, or if we incur greater than anticipated costs to execute this 
strategy, our growth may be limited. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions or investments, we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage 
this growth. 

JMB’s search engine optimization strategies have provided it with an important competitive advantage, but this may not continue.

We believe that the internally developed search engine optimization (SEO) strategies of JMB provide its business with a competitive advantage in driving traffic to its 
sites over other e-commerce precious metal retailers and have been a significant factor in the growth of JMB. The challenges of efficient SEO programming are continually 
evolving, and other e-commerce retailers in the precious metal space are constantly working to improve their own SEO capabilities. If JMB does not continue to maintain its 
competitive edge in SEO technology, it could lose customers and market share to its competitors.

JMB  relies  upon  paid  and  unpaid  internet  search  engines  to  rank  its  product  offerings  and  drive  traffic  to  its  website,  and  its  website  traffic  may  suffer  if  its  rankings 
decline or its relationship with these services deteriorates.

JMB relies on paid and unpaid internet search engines to attract consumer interest in its product offerings. Search engine companies change their natural search engine 
algorithms periodically, and these changes may adversely affect JMB’s product offerings in paid and/or unpaid searches. JMB may also at times be subject to ranking penalties 
if the operators of search engines believe it is not in compliance with their guidelines. If JMB’s search engine rankings decline, and JMB is unable to timely regain its prior 
rankings, it may have to use more expensive marketing channels to sustain and grow its revenues, resulting in reduced profitability.

19

 
If JMB and Goldline do not respond effectively to technological and market changes, they will cease to be competitive with other channels that consumers may have for the 
purchase of precious coins and bullion.

To remain competitive, JMB and Goldline must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of its online operations. The internet 
and the electronic commerce industry are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in user and customer requirements and preferences, frequent new product and 
service introductions embodying new technologies, and the emergence of new industry standards and practices.

The evolving nature of the internet could render JMB’s existing technology and systems obsolete. Its continuing success will depend, in part, on its ability to:

•

•

•

develop, license or acquire leading technologies useful in its business;

develop new features and technology that address the increasingly sophisticated preferences of its customers; and

respond to technological advances and emerging industry and regulatory standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner.

With the growth of e-commerce, the pace of change in product offerings and consumer tastes in the shipping and logistics industries is faster now than in years past. 
This accelerated pace of change increases uncertainty and places a greater burden on management to anticipate and respond to such changes. The increased pace of change also 
means that the window in which a technologically advanced or sophisticated product or service can achieve and maintain partner and consumer interest is shrinking and, to the 
extent JMB and Goldline fail to timely anticipate or respond to changes in its industry, the effects of such missteps may be amplified.

Future advances in technology may not be beneficial to, or compatible with, JMB’s or Goldline’s businesses. Furthermore, JMB and Goldline may be unsuccessful in 
using  new  technologies  effectively  or  adapting  their  technology  and  systems  to  user  requirements  or  emerging  industry  standards  on  a  timely  basis. Their  ability  to  remain 
technologically competitive may require substantial expenditures and lead time. If JMB or Goldline is unable to adapt in a timely manner and at reasonable cost to changing 
market conditions or user requirements, it will cease to be competitive with other channels for the purchase of precious coins and bullion.

If JMB fails to continuously improve its websites (on all relevant platforms, including mobile), it may not attract or retain customers.

JMB  owns  and  operates  six  separately  branded  websites  targeting  specific  segments  within  the  precious  metals  market:  JMBullion.com,  ProvidentMetals.com, 
Silver.com, BGASC.com, CyberMetals.com, and BullionMax.com. JMB also owns two websites, GoldPrice.org and SilverPrice.org, which publish data on precious metal and 
cryptocurrency pricing and generate leads for its other websites. JMB must continually update its websites (on all relevant platforms, including mobile) to improve and enhance 
its content, accessibility, convenience and ease of use. Failure to do so may create a perception that the websites of JMB’s competitors are easier to use and navigate or that they 
are better able to service customer needs for precious metal coins and bullion. If such a perception were to gain currency, traffic to JMB’s websites and its revenues would 
suffer.

Certain of JMB’s websites publish data concerning the precious metal and cryptocurrency markets obtained from third parties, which could be inaccurate.

JMB’s GoldPrice.org and SilverPrice.org publish data on precious metal and cryptocurrency pricing which is obtained from third parties. While we believe that the 
sources of the published data are reliable, the data is not independently verified by JMB or us. If the data that JMB receives and publishes were inaccurate, and were relied upon 
by consumers visiting these websites, JMB could be exposed to liability and may suffer damage to its reputation.

JMB and Goldline expect to profit on precious metals acquired from their customers, but that might not be the case.

Through  the  Direct-to-Consumer  Purchase  Program,  JMB  and  Goldline  (through  its  affiliate,  PMPP)  offer  to  purchase  precious  coins  and  bullion  owned  by  their 
customers.  We  believe  that  this  program  encourages  the  purchase  of  coins  and  bullion  as  an  investment  because  it  assures  customers  that  their  investment  in  the  products 
offered by JMB and Goldline will be liquid and can be monetized if the customers have a need for cash. JMB and Goldline offer to purchase coins and bullion from their 
customers at prices designed to reflect current market valuations, but also allows JMB and Goldline to profit on the resale of the products. There can be no assurance, however, 
that JMB or Goldline will in fact be able to resell product that they purchase at a price that will justify the cost of purchase. In a declining market for precious metal products, 
JMB  and  Goldline  could  be  burdened  with  substantial  amounts  of  purchased  inventory  that  they  are  unable  to  resell  at  an  economic  price,  or  at  all.  The  suspension  or 
discontinuance of the Direct-to-Consumer Purchase Program because of adverse market conditions could impair the perception among JMB's and Goldline's customers that 
precious coin and bullion is a safe and attractive investment.

The Company’s joint venture, Precious Metals Purchasing Partners, LLC, is subject to risks which may affect our ability to successfully profit from the joint venture.

The Company owns a 50% joint venture interest in PMPP.  PMPP purchases products primarily from end-user retail customers, which are then sold to the Company or 

affiliated companies. 

20

 
The Company’s interest in PMPP is subject to the risks customarily associated with the conduct of joint ventures, including the risk of (i) failure to agree on strategic 
decisions  requiring  the  approval  of  both  parties,  (ii)  failure  of  the  joint  venture  partner  to  meet  its  obligations,  and  (iii)  disputes  between  the  joint  venturers  or  litigation 
regarding joint venture matters. Each of these risks could have a material adverse impact on the viability of PMPP, and its potential contributions to the Company’s future cash 
flows and earnings. 

In addition, PMPP is subject to the risks that it will be unable to sell the product that it acquires at economic prices or at all, as described above with respect to the 

Company's overall Direct-to-Consumer Purchase Program.

Risks Related to our Secured Lending Segment

CFC may in certain circumstances be required to repurchase loans that it has securitized.

CFC has entered into a securitization financing whereby it has transferred, and may continue from time to time to transfer, to its AMCF subsidiary loans secured by 
precious metal coins or bullion. AMCF has issued 4.98% Class A Notes due 2023 and 5.98% Class B Notes due 2023 (collectively, the "AMCF Notes") which are secured by 
these loans and related assets. While the AMCF Notes are non-recourse to the Company or CFC, CFC is required to provide certain warranties concerning the loans and the 
security interest in the metals collateral securing the loans. In the event the warranties made with respect to any loan are breached and the breach materially and adversely 
affects the interests of the noteholders, CFC is required to either cure the breach or repurchase the loan within specified a timeframe. If CFC were to default on its repurchase 
obligations, this could materially adversely affect the business of CFC, and could adversely affect the Company’s future ability to access the credit markets.

CFC and the Company have exposure to the performance of AMCF. 

Regulation RR of the SEC requires the sponsor of an asset-backed securitization transaction, or certain of its affiliates, to retain an economic interest in the transaction. 
In compliance with this rule, CFC retained the equity interest in AMCF, and the Company currently holds $5.0 million of Class B Notes, which are subordinated to the Class A 
Notes.  In  addition,  CFC  and  the  Company  may,  from  time  to  time,  also  contribute  cash  or  sell  precious  metals  to AMCF  in  exchange  for  subordinated,  deferred  payment 
obligations from AMCF. If the performance of AMCF were to suffer such that AMCF were unable to service its AMCF Notes, CFC and the Company could lose part or all of 
their investments in AMCF.

Although the Company expects to refinance the AMCF Notes, there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

The AMCF Notes have a maturity date of December 15, 2023. The Company is in discussions with its Trading Credit Facility lenders to refinance the AMCF Notes 
under this facility, but the Company will require the consent of the lenders in order to do so, and additional lenders may need to be added to the facility for this purpose. There 
can be no assurance that the Company will receive the necessary consents or that additional lenders can be identified and joined to the facility. If the AMCF Notes cannot be 
refinanced using the Trading Credit Facility, the Company may be able to obtain alternative financing for this purpose, including by issuing replacement collateralized notes, 
although there can be no assurance that the Company would be successful in obtaining such alternative financing in a timely manner. Also, the interest rate on any replacement 
financing will likely be higher than the current rates of the AMCF Notes, making the financing for the Company’s operations more costly. 

If the Company were unable to refinance the AMCF Notes through the Trading Credit Facility or additional alternative financing, the Company will be likely required 
to generate funds to repay the AMCF Notes through the sale of inventory and/or product financing arrangements, reducing the Company's liquidity. Failure to repay the AMCF 
Notes when due may result in the exercise of remedies against the collateral for the AMCF Notes, and may cause the lenders to exercise their right of termination under the 
Trading Credit Facility.

Under the terms of the servicing arrangements for the precious metals loan securitization, CFC may be required to liquidate the collateral securing securitized loans, even 
if this would impair relationships with its customers.

CFC is the servicer for the loans transferred to AMCF in the securitization transaction. If, under certain circumstances, the equity levels of the obligors on particular 
loans falls below a specified level and those obligors fail to pay in additional equity, CFC is required to liquidate the metals collateral securing those loans within a specified 
time  period.  CFC  does  not  have  the  flexibility  to  defer  or  refrain  from  the  liquidation,  even  if  CFC  were  to  determine  that  it  would  be  in  its  best  interests  to  do  so.  This 
requirement could impair valuable relationships that the Company may otherwise have with its customers whose loans have been securitized.

21

 
 
Risks Relating to Commodities

A-Mark’s business is heavily influenced by volatility in commodities prices.

A primary driver of A-Mark’s profitability is volatility in commodities prices, which leads to wider bid and ask spreads. Among the factors that can impact the price of 
precious  metals  are  supply  and  demand  of  precious  metals;  political,  economic,  and  global  financial  events;  movement  of  the  U.S.  dollar  versus  other  currencies;  and  the 
activity of large speculators such as hedge funds. If commodity prices were to stagnate, there would likely be a reduction in trading activity, resulting in less demand for the 
services A-Mark provides, and spreads would likely decrease, which could materially adversely affect our profitability. 

The period to period changes in volatility may cause our revenues to fluctuate, as a consequence of which our results for any one period may not be indicative of the 

results to be expected for any future period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our business is exposed to the risk of changes in commodity prices, and our hedging activity to protect our inventory is subject to risks of default by our counterparties.

A-Mark’s precious metals inventory is subject to market value changes created by changes in the underlying commodity price, as well as supply and demand of the 
individual products the Company trades. In addition, open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale is fixed (the 
trade date) and the date metal is delivered or received (the settlement date). A-Mark seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use 
of financial derivative instruments, such as forward and futures contracts. A-Mark’s policy is to remain substantially hedged as to its inventory position and its individual sale 
and purchase commitments. A-Mark’s management monitors its hedged exposure daily. However, there can be no assurance that these hedging activities will be adequate to 
protect the Company against commodity price risks associated with A-Mark’s business activities.

Furthermore,  even  if  we  are  fully  hedged  as  to  any  given  position,  there  is  the  risk  of  default  by  our  counterparties  to  the  hedge. A  default  by  a  counterparty  on  a 

substantial hedge could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Increased commodity pricing could limit the inventory that we are able to carry.

We maintain a large and varied inventory of precious metal products, including bullion and coins, in order to support our trading activities and provide our customers 
with superior service. The amount of inventory that we are able to carry is constrained by the borrowing limitations and working capital covenants under the Trading Credit 
Facility. If commodity prices were to rise substantially, and we were unable to modify the terms of the Trading Credit Facility to compensate for the increase, the quantity of 
product that we could finance, and hence maintain in our inventory, would fall. This would likely have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We rely on the efficient functioning of commodity exchanges around the world, and disruptions on these exchanges could adversely affect our business.

The Company buys and sells precious metals contracts on commodity exchanges around the world, both in support of its customer operations and to hedge its inventory 
and transactional exposure against fluctuations in commodity prices. The Company’s ability to engage in these activities would be compromised if the exchanges on which the 
Company trades or any of their clearinghouses were to discontinue operations or to experience disruptions in trading, due to computer problems, unsettled markets, sanctions 
against commodity exporting countries or other factors. For example, if there were to be disruptions in the supply chain for gold, silver, platinum or palladium, our ability to 
buy and sell these metals on the commodity exchanges would be materially and adversely affected. 

The Company may also experience disruption and risk of loss if futures commission merchants or commodity brokers with whom the Company deals were to become 

insolvent or bankrupt.

Our business is subject to the risk of fraud and counterfeiting.

The precious metals (particularly bullion) business is exposed to the risk of loss as a result of “materials fraud” in its various forms. We seek to minimize our exposure 
to  this  type  of  fraud  through  a  number  of  means,  including  third-party  authentication  and  verification,  reliance  on  our  internal  experts  and  the  establishment  of  procedures 
designed to detect fraud. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in preventing or identifying this type of fraud, or in obtaining redress in the event such 
fraud is detected.

Risk Related to our Regulatory Environment

We are subject to laws and regulations.

There are various federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances and regulations that affect our trading business. For example, because of the nature and value of the 
products in which deal, we are required to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and a variety of anti-money laundering and know-your-customer rules in response to 
the USA Patriot Act.

22

 
The SEC has promulgated rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure, on an annual basis, of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as 
conflict  minerals,  in  products  manufactured  by  public  companies.  These  rules  require  due  diligence  to  determine  whether  such  minerals  originated  from  the  Democratic 
Republic of Congo ("DRC") or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC.

The Company has concluded that it is not currently subject to the conflict minerals rules because it is not a manufacturer of conflict minerals under the definitions set 
forth in the rules. Depending on developments in the Company’s business, it could become subject to the rules at some point in the future. In that event, there will be costs 
associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of gold used in our products. In addition, the implementation of these 
rules  could  adversely  affect  the  sourcing,  supply  and  pricing  of  gold  used  in  our  products. Also,  we  may  face  disqualification  as  a  supplier  for  customers  and  reputational 
challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for the gold used in our products or to determine that the gold is conflict free.

CFC operates under a California Finance Lenders License issued by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation. CFC is required to submit a 
finance lender law annual report to the state which summarizes certain loan portfolio and financial information regarding CFC. The Department of Financial Protection and 
Innovation may audit the books and records of CFC to determine whether CFC is in compliance with the terms of its lending license. 

The Company believes that its Direct-to-Consumer operations are generally conducted in a manner that does not implicate the jurisdiction of the Commodity Futures 
Trading Commission ("CFTC"), as it does not sell products to retail customers for future delivery. The Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and the rules and regulations of 
the CFTC are drafted broadly, however, and practices that the Company does not regard as futures transactions may be regarded as such by the CFTC. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2023, the Company and Goldline settled an action in which the CFTC alleged, among other things, that certain financing arrangements 
that were made available to customers constituted off-exchange retail commodity transactions. Although this matter was settled on terms satisfactory to the Company with no 
material financial impact, and Goldline has discontinued these particular arrangements and practices, there can be no assurance that the CFTC will not in the future accuse us of 
violating the CEA or the rules and regulations of the CFTC, or otherwise (along with other federal or state agencies) seek to assert oversight over aspects of our operations 
which could adversely affect us.

There can be no assurance that the regulation of our trading and lending businesses will not increase or that compliance with the applicable regulations will not become 

more costly or require us to modify our business practices.

For other risks related to government regulation, see “Risk Factors of General Applicability — We are subject to other laws and regulations,” below. 

Compliance with new data protection/privacy statutes could increase our costs and expose the Company to possible sanctions for violation.

By reason of our Direct-to-Consumer business in particular, we collect personal data.

In  2016,  the  European  Union  ("EU")  adopted  a  comprehensive  overhaul  of  its  data  protection  regime  from  a  national  legislative  approach  to  a  single  European 
Economic Area Privacy Regulation, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which went into effect in May 2018. The EU data protection regime expands the scope 
of the EU data protection law to all foreign companies processing personal data of EU residents, imposes a strict data protection compliance regime with severe penalties of up 
to the greater of 4% of worldwide turnover or €20 million, and includes new rights such as the “portability” of personal data. Although the GDPR applies across the EU without 
a need for local implementing legislation, EU member states have the ability to interpret the GDPR opening clauses, which permit region-specific data protection legislation 
and have the potential to create inconsistencies on a country-by-country basis.

Our  Direct-to-Consumer  business  currently  has  limited  international  operations  which  would  subject  it  to  the  GDPR.  Our  Wholesale  Sales  and Ancillary  Services 
segment  maintains  an  office  in  Vienna, Austria  that  provides  marketing  support  services  for  its  international  (including  EU)  customers.  We  have  evaluated  GDPR  and  its 
requirements, and believe we are currently in compliance with GDPR in all material respects. Going forward, however, the expansion of our international operations could 
require us to change our business practices and may increase the costs and complexity of compliance. Also, a violation by the Company of this regulation could expose us to 
penalties and sanctions under the regulation.

23

 
In 2020, California passed amendments to the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) that took effect on January 1, 2023. This law provides California consumers 
with a high level of transparency and broad rights and choices with respect to their personal information. For example, the CCPA grants consumers privacy rights including the 
rights of data correction and data portability, the right to limit the Company’s use of a new subset of personal information called “sensitive personal information” that requires 
heightened protections, and the right to appeal the Company’s response to an individual’s exercise of these new or existing privacy rights. The “personal information” regulated 
by  CCPA  is  broadly  defined  to  include  identification  or  association  with  a  California  consumer  or  household,  including  demographics,  usage,  transactions  and  inquiries, 
preferences,  inferences  drawn  to  create  a  profile  about  a  consumer,  government  identification  numbers,  and  education  information.  Compliance  with  CCPA  requires  the 
implementation  of  a  series  of  operational  measures  such  as:  preparing  data  maps,  inventory,  or  other  records  of  all  personal  information  pertaining  to  California  residents, 
households  and  devices,  as  well  as  information  sources,  usage,  storage,  and  sharing;  maintaining  and  updating  detailed  disclosures  in  privacy  policies;  conducting  risk 
assessments for the use of sensitive personal information; establishing mechanisms (including, at a minimum, a toll-free telephone number and an online channel) to respond to 
consumers’  data  access,  deletion,  portability,  and  opt-out  requests;  and  providing  clear  and  conspicuous  links  on  the  home  page  of  the  business’  website,  where  applicable, 
allowing residents to limit or opt-out of certain data processing activities. CCPA prohibits businesses from discriminating against consumers who have opted out of the sale of 
their personal information, subject to narrow exceptions. Failure to comply with the CCPA can result in civil penalties up to $7,500 per violation or actual damages suffered by 
a consumer.

Colorado, Virginia, and Connecticut also passed comprehensive privacy laws, modeled in part after the CCPA, that took effect in 2023. Eight other states have passed 
similar privacy laws that will take effect between 2023 and 2025, including Texas, Delaware, Oregon, Tennessee, Iowa, Indiana, Utah, and Montana. These U.S. privacy laws 
have some provisions and requirements similar to the CCPA. However, preparing to comply with the varying requirements of these laws has already subjected the Company to 
costs and legal fees and will subject the Company to additional costs and risks as they take effect. For example, these laws may limit the Company’s ability to use personal 
information  for  advertising  purposes,  may  limit  the  ways  in  which  the  Company  may  use  certain  categories  of  personal  information,  may  require  the  Company  to  obtain 
additional permissions from the consumer, and may require revision of the Company's contracts with service providers with whom the Company shares personal information in 
the course of providing its products and services. These laws may also limit the Company’s ability to process sensitive personal information, which includes financial data, 
account  information,  identification  card  numbers,  social  security  numbers,  and  precise  geolocation.  The  Company  will  have  to  update  is  policies,  notices,  procedures,  and 
permissions in response to these new privacy laws. The Company may also have to update its advertising practices. Failure to comply with these privacy laws can result in civil 
penalties ranging from $2,500 to $20,000 per violation. 

In addition, the SEC recently changed its disclosure requirements regarding cybersecurity risk management, strategy, governance and incident reporting. These changes 
require  companies  to  investigate  all  cybersecurity  incidents  without  unreasonable  delay,  determine  their  level  of  materiality,  and  report  specific  details  about  any  material 
cybersecurity  incidents  in  a  separate  filing  within  four  business  days.  These  changes  also  require  additional  information  in  annual  disclosures  regarding  the  Company’s 
cybersecurity risk management and reporting processes, as well as the cybersecurity expertise of relevant Company personnel and third-party service providers or auditors.

Nevada law requires operators of websites and online services to post a notice on their websites regarding their privacy practices. The law also requires operators of 
internet websites or online services to establish a designated request address through which a consumer may submit a verified request directing such operators not to make any 
sale  of  covered  information  collected  about  the  consumer.  The  “covered  information”  regulated  by  the  Nevada  law  is  defined  to  include  an  enumerated  list  of  items  of 
personally  identifiable  information  (including  names,  addresses,  email  addresses,  phone  numbers,  social  security  numbers  and  identifiers  that  allow  a  specific  person  to  be 
contacted).

The changes introduced by these statutes, and other similar regulations enacted by other jurisdictions, will subject the Company to additional costs and complexity of 
compliance, by requiring, among other things, changes to the Company’s security systems, policies, procedures and practices. In addition, a violation by the Company of the 
new regulations could expose us to penalties and sanctions.

One  or  more  states  or  municipalities  could  assert  that  the  Company  is  liable  for  sales  and  use,  commerce,  or  similar  type  of  taxes,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
business.

We  ship  product  to  retail  customers  throughout  the  United  States.  In  South  Dakota  v.  Wayfair,  Inc.  et  al  ("Wayfair"),  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  ruled  that  states  may 
charge tax on purchases made from out-of-state sellers, even if the seller does not have a physical presence in the taxing state. The effect of Wayfair was to uphold economic 
nexus principles in determining sales and use tax nexus. As a result of the decision, most states have adopted laws that require an out-of-state retailer to register and collect 
sales and use or other non-income type taxes upon meeting certain economic nexus standards regardless of whether the company has physical presence in the state. Although 
the Company believes it is complying with these requirements, our interpretation and application of the newly enacted legislation may differ from the states, which could result 
in the states' attempt to impose additional tax liabilities, including potential penalties and interest. Furthermore, the requirements by state or local governments on out-of-state 
sellers to collect sales and use taxes could deter futures sales, which could have an adverse impact on our business. 

For other risks related to taxation, see “Risk Factors of General Applicability — Changes in U.S. tax law could adversely affect our business,” below. 

24

 
We  use  lead  providers  and  marketing  affiliates  to  assist  us  in  obtaining  new  customers,  and  if  lead  providers  or  marketing  affiliates  do  not  comply  with  an  increasing 
number of applicable laws and regulations, or if our ability to use such lead providers or marketing affiliates is otherwise impaired, it could adversely affect our business.

We are dependent on third parties, referred to as lead providers (or lead generators) and marketing affiliates, as a source of new customers for our Direct-to-Consumer 
segment  and  new  borrowers  for  our  Secured  Lending  segment.  Our  marketing  affiliates  place  our  advertisements  on  their  websites  that  direct  potential  customers  to  our 
websites. Generally, lead providers operate, and also work with their own marketing affiliates who operate, separate websites to attract prospective customers and then sell 
those  “leads”  to  online  traders  and  lenders. As  a  result,  the  success  of  our  Direct-to-Consumer  and  Secured  Lending  businesses  depends  materially  on  the  willingness  and 
ability of lead providers or marketing affiliates to provide us customer leads at acceptable prices.

If regulatory oversight of lead providers or marketing affiliates is increased, through the implementation of new laws or regulations or the interpretation of existing laws 
or regulations, our ability to use lead providers or marketing affiliates could be restricted or eliminated. For example, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") has 
indicated  its  intention  to  examine  compliance  with  federal  laws  and  regulations  by  lead  providers  and  to  scrutinize  the  flow  of  non-public,  private  borrower  information 
between lead providers and lead buyers, such as us. Over the past few years, several states have taken actions that have caused us to discontinue the use of lead providers in 
those states. While these discontinuations did not have a material adverse effect on us, other states may propose or enact similar restrictions on lead providers and potentially on 
marketing affiliates in the future, and if other states adopt similar restrictions, our ability to use lead providers or marketing affiliates in those states would also be interrupted.

The failure by lead providers or marketing affiliates to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or any changes in laws or regulations applicable to lead providers or 
marketing affiliates or changes in the interpretation or implementation of such laws or regulations, could have an adverse effect on our business and could increase negative 
perceptions of our business and industry. Additionally, the use of lead providers and marketing affiliates could subject us to additional regulatory cost and expense. If our ability 
to use lead providers or marketing affiliates were to be impaired, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Judicial decisions, CFPB rulemaking or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements we use illegal or unenforceable.

We include arbitration provisions in our loan and financing agreements. These provisions are designed to allow us to resolve any customer disputes through individual 
arbitration  rather  than  in  court  and  explicitly  provide  that  all  arbitrations  will  be  conducted  on  an  individual  and  not  on  a  class  basis.  Thus,  our  arbitration  agreements,  if 
enforced, have the effect of shielding us from class action liability. Our arbitration agreements do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings. We 
take  the  position  that  the  arbitration  provisions  in  loan  and  financing  agreements,  including  class  action  waivers,  are  valid  and  enforceable;  however,  the  enforceability  of 
arbitration provisions is often challenged in court. If those challenges are successful, our arbitration and class action waiver provisions could be unenforceable, which could 
subject us to additional litigation, including class action litigation.

In addition, the U.S. Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory arbitration agreements in consumer contracts and has enacted 
legislation with such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loan agreements and also certain consumer loan agreements to members of the military on active duty and 
their  dependents.  Further,  the  Dodd-Frank Act  directed  the  CFPB  to  study  consumer  arbitration  and  authorized  the  CFPB  to  adopt  rules  limiting  or  prohibiting  consumer 
arbitration,  consistent  with  the  results  of  its  study.  In  July  2017,  the  CFPB  issued  a  new  rule  on  arbitration,  which  would  have  prohibited  class  action  waivers  in  certain 
consumer financial services contracts. However, in November 2017, a joint resolution passed by Congress was signed disapproving the rule under the Congressional Review 
Act.  Because  the  rule  was  disapproved,  it  cannot  be  reissued  in  substantially  the  same  form,  and  the  CFPB  cannot  issue  a  substantially  similar  rule  unless  the  new  rule  is 
specifically authorized by a law enacted after the date of the joint resolution disapproving the original rule.

Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair our ability to enter into and enforce consumer arbitration agreements and class action waivers 
could increase our exposure to class action litigation as well as litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions, which would be costly and could have a material adverse effect on 
our business. 

Our  advertising  and  marketing  materials  and  disclosures  related  to  our  Direct-to-Consumer  and  Secured  Lending  segments  have  been  and  continue  to  be  subject  to 
regulatory scrutiny.

In the jurisdictions where our Direct-to-Consumer business operates, our advertising and marketing activities and disclosures are subject to regulation under various 
industry  standards,  borrower  protection  laws,  and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  Consistent  with  the  lending  industry  as  a  whole,  our  advertising  and  marketing 
materials have come under increased scrutiny.

There can be no guarantee that we will be able to continue advertising and marketing our business units in a manner we consider effective. Any inability to do so could 

have a material adverse effect on our business. 

25

 
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

We may not continue to pay any dividends in the future. 

A-Mark’s board of directors has adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend policy of $0.20 per common share ($0.80 per share on an annual basis). The initial quarterly 
cash dividend under the policy was paid on October 24, 2022 to stockholders of record as of October 10, 2022. The most recent cash dividend under the policy was paid on July 
28,  2023  to  stockholders  of  record  as  of  July  17,  2023. The  declaration  of  regular  cash  dividends  in  the  future  is  subject  to  the  determination  each  quarter  by  the  board  of 
directors, based on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial performance, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash and applicable 
bank covenants.

There can be no assurance that the Company will pay dividends in the future on a regular basis or otherwise. If the board of directors were to determine not to pay 
dividends in the future, stockholders would not receive any further return on an investment in our capital stock in the form of dividends and may obtain an economic benefit 
from the common stock only after an increase in its trading price and only by selling the common stock.

In  September  2021  and  2022,  the  Company  paid  non-recurring  special  cash  dividends  to  our  stockholders,  as  a  consequence  in  part  of  the  Company's  favorable 
performance during the preceding periods. There is no assurance that any such non-recurring special dividend will be paid in the future, and if made, the timing or amount of 
any such dividend. 

See  Note 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our dividends.

Your percentage ownership in the Company could be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in A-Mark potentially could be diluted in the future because of additional common stock-based equity awards that we expect will be granted 
to our directors, officers and employees, including through our current equity incentive plan. In addition, we may issue equity in order to raise capital or in connection with 
future acquisitions and strategic investments, which could dilute your percentage ownership. For example, in the acquisition of JMB and our increased investments in Pinehurst 
Coin Exchange, Inc. and Silver Gold Bull, Inc., we issued stock to the selling shareholders in partial consideration for their interests. We also issued stock to the public to 
finance, in part, the acquisition of JMB. 

Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could decrease the trading 
price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the 
effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or of discouraging a third-party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with our 
board of directors. Such provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions 
allow  the  Company  to  issue  preferred  stock  with  rights  senior  to  those  of  the  common  stock,  impose  various  procedural  and  other  requirements  which  could  make  it  more 
difficult  for  stockholders  to  effect  certain  corporate  actions  and  set  forth  rules  regarding  how  stockholders  may  present  proposals  or  nominate  directors  for  election  at 
stockholder meetings.

We believe these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of 
directors  and  by  providing  our  board  of  directors  with  more  time  to  assess  any  acquisition  proposal.  However,  these  provisions  apply  even  if  an  acquisition  offer  may  be 
considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the best interests of our Company and our 
stockholders.  Accordingly,  in  the  event  that  our  board  determines  that  a  potential  business  combination  transaction  is  not  in  the  best  interests  of  our  Company  and  our 
stockholders, but certain stockholders believe that such a transaction would be beneficial to the Company and its stockholders, such stockholders may elect to sell their shares 
in the Company and the trading price of our common stock could decrease.

Our board and management beneficially own a sizable percentage of our common stock and therefore have the ability to exert substantial influence as stockholders.

Members of our board and management beneficially own approximately 24% of our outstanding common stock. Acting together in their capacity as stockholders, the 
board  members  and  management  could  exert  substantial  influence  over  matters  on  which  a  stockholder  vote  is  required,  such  as  the  approval  of  business  combination 
transactions. Also  because  of  the  size  of  their  beneficial  ownership,  the  board  members  and  management  may  be  in  a  position  effectively  to  determine  the  outcome  of  the 
election of directors and the vote on stockholder proposals. The concentration of beneficial ownership in the hands of our board and management may therefore limit the ability 
of our public stockholders to influence the affairs of the Company.

26

 
Risk Factors of General Applicability

If our customer data were breached, we could suffer damages and loss of reputation.

We maintain significant amounts of customer data on our systems, and certain third-party providers have access to confidential data concerning the Company. A breach 
of customer data maintained by the Company or third-party providers could damage our reputation and result in costs, fines and lawsuits. Our procedures to protect against 
unauthorized access to secured data may be inadequate to safeguard against all data security breaches.

The Company’s failure or inability to protect its intellectual property could harm its competitive position.

The Company relies on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and contractual restrictions, such as confidentiality agreements and licenses, 
to  protect  its  business,  services,  know-how  and  information.  The  Company’s  patent,  trademarks  or  service  marks  may  be  challenged  or  found  to  be  unenforceable,  and 
contractual  arrangements  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  may  be  insufficient  to  prevent  its  misappropriation.  If  that  were  the  case,  the  Company’s  competitive  position 
would suffer.

Third parties may assert violations of their intellectual property rights against the Company.

Third parties may currently have, or may be issued, patents upon which the technologies used by the Company infringe. The Company could incur significant costs to 
defend  infringements  claims,  regardless  of  their  validity,  or  could  be  required  to  develop  non-infringing  technology  at  considerable  expense  or  be  compelled  to  enter  into 
expensive  royalty  or  license  agreements.  For  example,  JMB  was  compelled  to  expend  significant  resources  as  a  consequence  of  litigation  in  which  it  was  accused  of 
infringement prior to its acquisition by the Company.

We are subject to other laws and regulations.

In  addition  to  matters  discussed  above,  we  are  subject  to  various  laws,  and  regulations,  both  domestic  and  foreign,  as  well  as  responsible  business,  social  and 
environmental  practices,  which  may  change  from  time  to  time.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  or  implement  responsible  business  practices  could 
subject us to damage to our reputation, lawsuits, criminal exposure, or increased cost of regulatory compliance. 

Changes in U.S. tax law could adversely affect our business.

Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect us or holders of our common stock. It cannot be predicted whether, when, 
in what form, or with what effective dates, new tax laws or regulations may be enacted under existing or new tax laws. This could result in an increase in our tax liability or 
require changes in our business in order to mitigate any adverse effects of changes in tax laws.

Third-party expectations relating to Environment, Social and Governance (“ESG”) factors may impose additional costs and expose us to new risks.

In recent years, there has been an increasing focus by stakeholders of public companies—including investors, employees, customers, suppliers, and governmental and 
non-governmental organizations—on ESG matters. A failure, whether real or perceived, to address ESG could adversely affect our business, including by heightening other 
risks that we face, such as those related to consumer behavior and consumer perceptions of us. We may also face pressure from stakeholders to provide disclosure and establish 
commitments, targets or goals, and take actions to meet them, regarding ESG. If we fail to satisfy the expectations of investors and other stakeholders or our initiatives are not 
executed as planned, our reputation, results of our operations and ability to grow our business may be negatively impacted. Additionally, new legislative or regulatory initiatives 
related to ESG could adversely affect our business.

27

 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of June 30, 2023, the Company owned or leased properties as described below:

Location

General Use of Facility

Wholesale Sales and Ancillary Services Segment
(1)
El Segundo, California 

Las Vegas, Nevada
Winchester, Indiana
Winchester, Indiana
Carson City, Nevada
Vienna, Austria

Direct-to-Consumer Segment
Los Angeles, California
Dallas, Texas
Dallas, Texas
Irving, Texas

(1) The Secured Lending segment shares office space at this facility.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Corporate headquarters, trading desk, secured lending, 
marketing, and back-office operations
Storage and fulfillment logistics operations
Minting operations
Fabrication facility
Die-cutting and engraving facility
International marketing support operations

Corporate office and support center
Corporate office and support center
Corporate office and support center
Distribution hub

Square
Footage

9,000

17,600
11,400
17,000
2,000
248

11,468
3,093
10,586
24,640

Ownership

Lease-term Expiration

Leased

Leased
Owned
Leased
Leased
Leased

Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased

March-2026

April-2025
not applicable
May-2024
June-2025
every three months

January-2028
December-2024
November-2028
April-2031

We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings, claims, or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business.

Although  the  ultimate  outcome  of  any  legal  matter  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty,  based  on  current  information,  including  our  assessment  of  the  merits  of  the 
particular  claim,  we  do  not  expect  that  these  legal  proceedings  or  claims  will  have  any  material  adverse  impact  on  our  future  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, or cash flows.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None. 

PART II

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY 
SECURITIES

Market Information

A-Mark's shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK". As of September 1, 2023, there were 104 registered 

stockholders of record of our common stock. 

Stock Performance Graph

Set forth below is a graph comparing the cumulative total stockholder return on shares of A-Mark common stock against the cumulative total return of (i) the Nasdaq 
Composite Index and (ii) a group of companies that are in lines of business reasonably comparable to A-Mark's businesses ("peer companies") for the five-year period from 
June 30, 2018 to June 30, 2023. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on June 30, 2018 in our common stock, in the Nasdaq Composite Index companies and in the peer 
group companies (on a market-capitalization-weighted basis), and that all dividends were reinvested in the same class of stock.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below are the companies which comprise the peer group in the graph above, in the indicated lines of business:                                                                                                

Alternative Brokerage Firms
BGC Group, Inc. (BGC)
IG Group Holdings plc (IGG.L)
StoneX Group Inc. (SNEX) 
Swissquote Group Holding Ltd (SQN.SW)
B. Riley Financial, Inc. (RILY)
Oppenheimer Holdings Inc. (OPY)

Alternative Financial Services
Enova International, Inc. (ENVA)
EZCORP, Inc. (EZPW)
FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (FCFS) 
Regional Management Corp. (RM)
World Acceptance Corporation (WRLD)
GreenDot Corporation (GDOT)

E-Commerce
Carvana Co. (CVNA)
Stitch Fix, Inc. (SFIX)
The Lovesac Company (LOVE)
Liquidity Services, Inc. (LQDT)
Overstock.Com, Inc. (OSTK)
PC Connection, Inc. (CNXN)

Dividend Policy

The Company's board of directors has adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend policy of $0.20 per common share ($0.80 per share on an annual basis). While we 
currently intend to continue paying quarterly dividends, any future determination will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number 
of factors, including the Company’s financial performance, available cash resources, cash requirements and alternative uses of cash and applicable bank covenants.

In fiscal 2022, the Company paid the following dividends: 

•

•

On August 30, 2021, the Company's board of directors declared a non-recurring special dividend of $1.00 per common share (as adjusted for the two-for-one 
split of A-Mark’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend) to stockholders of record at the close of business on September 20, 2021. The dividend was 
paid on September 24, 2021 and totaled $22.6 million.  

On April 28, 2022, the Company’s board of directors declared a two-for-one split of A-Mark’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend. Each stockholder 
of record at the close of business on May 23, 2022 received a dividend of one additional share of common stock for every share held on the record date that was 
distributed after the close of trading on June 6, 2022. This was a noncash transaction.  

In fiscal 2023, the Company paid the following dividends. 

•

•

On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors declared a non-recurring special dividend of $1.00 per common share to stockholders of record at the 
close of business on September 12, 2022. The dividend was paid on September 26, 2022 and totaled $23.4 million.  

On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors also declared the initial quarterly regular cash dividend under its dividend policy of $0.20 per common 
share to stockholders of record at the close of business on October 10, 2022. The dividend was paid on October 24, 2022 and totaled $4.7 million. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
•

•

On January 4, 2023, the Company's board of directors declared a quarterly regular cash dividend of $0.20 per common share to stockholders of record at the 
close of business on January 16, 2023. The dividend totaling $4.7 million was paid on January 27, 2023. 

On April 5, 2023, our board of directors declared a regular dividend of $0.20 per share to shareholders of record at the close of business on April 17, 2023. The 
dividend totaling $4.7 million was paid on April 28, 2023.

See Note 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our dividends.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of June 30, 2023, with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issued under existing equity compensation 

plans.

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Plan category

(a)
Number of securities 
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants, and restricted stock 
units

(b)
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants, and restricted 
stock units

1,539,217  
—  
1,539,217  

$

$

 (1)

 (1)

6.68  
—  
6.68  

(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for 
future issuance under
equity compensation 
plans
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a))

1,727,894  
—  
1,727,894  

 (2)

 (2)

(1)

(2)

The weighted average exercise prices are calculated including the restricted stock units ("RSUs") as rights to acquire shares with an exercise price assumed to be zero. The weighted average exercise price of 
stock options for all outstanding stock options excluding RSUs was $7.11.
Represents shares that are available for future issuance under the 2014 Plan. All of the 2014 Plan shares that are available for future issuance include the following award types: stock options, stock appreciation 
rights, restricted stock units, restricted stock, and other "full-value" awards.

Share Repurchase Program 

In April 2018, the Company's board of directors approved a share repurchase program which authorized the Company to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares (as adjusted 
for the two-for-one split of A-Mark’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend in fiscal 2022) of its common stock. The share repurchase program was initially announced 
on May 8, 2018. In fiscal 2023, we repurchased a total of 335,735 shares under the program for $9.8 million. Late in fiscal 2023, the board revised the repurchase program to 
authorize the purchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, in addition to the shares previously repurchased, and extended the expiration date of the program from 
June 30, 2023 to June 30, 2028. Prior to fiscal 2023, no shares had been repurchased under our share repurchase program.

Under the share repurchase program, we may repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time at prevailing market prices, depending on market conditions, 
through  open  market  or  privately  negotiated  transactions.  Subject  to  applicable  corporate  securities  laws,  repurchases  may  be  made  at  such  times  and  in  amounts  as 
management deems appropriate. We are not obligated to repurchase any shares under the program, and repurchases under the program may be discontinued if management 
determines that additional repurchases are not warranted. 

As of June 30, 2023, the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased under the share repurchase program authorized by the Board equaled 1,000,000 shares. 

The following table reflects activity related to equity securities we repurchased during the quarter ended June 30, 2023:

Period
4/1/23 - 4/30/23
5/1/23 - 5/31/23
6/1/23 - 6/30/23
 Total

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased

Average Price Paid 
Per Share

Total Number of Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly Announced Plans or 
Programs

Maximum Number of Shares That 
May Yet Be Purchased Under the 
Plans or Programs

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

664,265  
1,000,000  
1,000,000  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities 

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report.

30

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
ITEM 6.  [RESERVED]

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

This Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") contains statements that are considered forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give the Company's 
current  expectations  and  forecasts  of  future  events. All  statements  other  than  statements  of  current  or  historical  fact  contained  in  this Annual  Report,  including  statements 
regarding  the  Company's  future  financial  position,  business  strategy,  budgets,  projected  costs  and  plans,  and  objectives  of  management  for  future  operations,  are  forward-
looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” and similar expressions, as they relate to the Company, are 
intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on the Company's current plans, estimates and beliefs, and the Company's actual future activities 
and  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  different  from  those  set  forth  in  the  forward-looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and 
uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be 
inaccurate. The Company has based these forward-looking statements largely on its current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that it believes 
may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. The forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by 
known or unknown risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events occurring 
after the date hereof. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their 
entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this Form 10-K.

In addition to the risks and uncertainties that may ordinarily influence our business, continued macroeconomic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets have 
contributed to an increase in the business conducted by the Company, but also pose certain risks and uncertainties for the Company. The Company does not know how long 
these conditions will continue, the extent to which the effects that the Company has experienced from these conditions will persist, or whether other effects on the Company 
and its businesses will materialize in the short or long term.

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and 
notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ 
materially  from  those  discussed  in  these  forward-looking  statements.  Factors  that  could  cause  or  contribute  to  these  differences  include  those  factors  discussed  below  and 
elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

INTRODUCTION

Management's  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  provided  as  a  supplement  to  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial 
statements and related notes to aid in the understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. We have omitted discussion of our fiscal year 2021 results where it 
would be redundant to the discussion previously included in Item 7 of our fiscal year 2022 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our discussion is organized as follows:

•

•

Executive overview. This section provides a general description of our business, as well as significant transactions and events that we believe are important in 
understanding the results of operations.

Results  of  operations.  This  section  provides  an  analysis  of  our  results  of  operations  presented  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income  by 
comparing the results for the respective periods presented. Included in our analysis is a discussion of seven performance metrics:

o

o

o

o

o

(i)    ounces of gold and silver sold, 

(ii)   Wholesale Sales ticket volume, 

(iii)  Direct-to-Consumer ticket volume:

•

•

•

(a)   Direct-to-Consumer ticket volume from new customers,

(b)   Direct-to-Consumer ticket volume from pre-existing customers,

(c)   Direct-to-Consumer total ticket volume,

(iv)   Direct-to-Consumer and JMB average order value,

(v)    number of Direct-to-Consumer customers:

31

 
•

•

•

(a)   Direct-to-Consumer number of new customers,

(b)   Direct-to-Consumer number of active customers,

(c)   Direct-to-Consumer total customers,

o

o

(vi)   inventory turnover ratio, and 

(vii)  number of secured loans at period-end.

•

Segment results of operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations presented for our three segments:

o

o

o

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services,

Direct-to-Consumer, and

Secured Lending

for the comparable periods.

•

•

•

•

Non-GAAP  Measures.  This  section  provides  an  analysis  of  our  non-GAAP  measures  with  a  reconciliation  to  the  most  directly  comparable  U.S.  Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) measure reported on the consolidated financial statements. The Company uses the following two non-GAAP 
measures:

o

o

"adjusted net income before provision for income taxes", and

"earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization", or "EBITDA".

Liquidity  and  financial  condition. This  section  provides  an  analysis  of  our  cash  flows,  as  well  as  a  discussion  of  our  outstanding  debt  as  of  June  30,  2023, 
sources of liquidity and the amount of financial capacity available to fund our future commitments and other financing arrangements.

Critical  accounting  policies.  This  section  discusses  critical  accounting  policies  that  are  considered  both  important  to  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations  and  require  management  to  make  significant  judgment  and  estimates. All  of  our  significant  accounting  policies,  including  the  critical  accounting 
policies, are also summarized in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent  accounting  pronouncements.  This  section  discusses  new  accounting  pronouncements,  dates  of  implementation,  and  their  expected  impact  on  our 
accompanying consolidated financial statements.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Our Business

We conduct our operations in three reportable segments: (i) Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, (ii) Direct-to-Consumer, and (iii) Secured Lending.

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services Segment

The  Company  operates  its  Wholesale  Sales  &  Ancillary  Services  segment  directly  and  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  A-Mark  Trading  AG  (“AMTAG”), 
Transcontinental  Depository  Services,  LLC  ("TDS"  or  “Storage”), A-M  Global  Logistics,  LLC  (“AMGL”  or  "Logistics"),  and AM&ST Associates,  LLC  ("AMST"  or  the 
“Silver Towne Mint"). 

The Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment operates as a full-service precious metals company. We offer gold, silver, platinum, and palladium in the form of 
bars, plates, powder, wafers, grain, ingots, and coins. Our Industrial unit services manufacturers and fabricators of products utilizing or incorporating precious metals. Our Coin 
and Bar unit deals in over 1,800 coin and bar products in a variety of weights, shapes, and sizes for distribution to dealers and other qualified purchasers. We have a marketing 
support office in Vienna, Austria, and a trading center in El Segundo, California. The trading center, for buying and selling precious metals, is available to receive orders 24 
hours  every  day,  even  when  many  major  world  commodity  markets  are  closed.  In  addition  to  Wholesale  Sales  activity, A-Mark  offers  its  customers  a  variety  of  ancillary 
services, including financing, storage, consignment, logistics, and various customized financial programs. As a U.S. Mint-authorized purchaser of gold, silver, platinum, and 
palladium coins, A-Mark purchases product directly from the U.S. Mint, and it also purchases product from other sovereign mints, for sale to its customers.

Through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary AMTAG,  the  Company  promotes  its  products  and  services  to  the  international  market. Through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary 

TDS, we offer a variety of managed storage options for precious metals products to financial institutions, dealers, investors, and collectors around the world.

32

 
The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary AMGL is based in Las Vegas, Nevada, and provides our customers an array of complementary services, including receiving, 

handling, inventorying, processing, packing, and shipping of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.

Through its wholly-owned subsidiary AMST, the Company designs and produces minted silver products. Our Silver Towne Mint operations allow us to provide greater 
product selection to our customers and greater pricing stability within the supply chain, as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments, which 
have historically created higher demand for precious metals products.

Direct-to-Consumer

The  Company  operates  its  Direct-to-Consumer  segment  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  JM  Bullion,  Inc.  (“JMB”)  and  Goldline,  Inc.  (“Goldline”).  JMB 
currently  has  six  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  Buy  Gold  and  Silver  Corp.  ("BGASC"),  BX  Corporation  ("BullionMax"),  Gold  Price  Group,  Inc.  (“GPG”),  Silver.com,  Inc. 
(“Silver.com”),  Provident  Metals  Corp.  (“PMC”),  and  CyberMetals  Corp.  ("CyberMetals").  Goldline,  Inc.  owns  100%  of AMIP,  LLC  ("AMIP"),  and  has  a  50%  ownership 
interest  in  Precious  Metals  Purchasing  Partners,  LLC  ("PMPP"). As  the  context  requires,  references  in  this  Form  10-K  to  JMB  may  include  BGASC,  BullionMax,  GPG, 
Silver.com, PMC, and CyberMetals, and references to Goldline may include AMIP and PMPP.

JMB is a leading e-commerce retailer providing access to a broad array of gold, silver, copper, platinum, and palladium products through its websites. JMB currently 
operates eight separately branded, company-owned websites targeting specific niches within the precious metals retail market, including JMBullion.com, ProvidentMetals.com, 
Silver.com, BGASC.com, CyberMetals.com, BullionMax.com, GoldPrice.org, and SilverPrice.org. 

The  Company  acquired  the  79.5%  interest  in  JMB  that  it  did  not  previously  own  in  March  2021. With  this  acquisition,  we  substantially  expanded  our  e-commerce 

channel for precious metals product sales and increased the diversification of our business between wholesale and retail distribution. 

In April 2022, JMB commercially launched the CyberMetals online platform, where customers can purchase and sell fractional shares of digital gold, silver, platinum, 
and  palladium  bars  in  a  range  of  denominations.  CyberMetals’  customers  have  the  option  to  convert  their  digital  holdings  to  fabricated  precious  metals  products  via  an 
integrated redemption flow with JMB. These products may be designated for storage by the Company or shipped directly to the customer. 

The Company acquired Goldline in August 2017 through an asset purchase transaction with Goldline, LLC, which had been in operation since 1960. Goldline is a direct 
retailer  of  precious  metals  to  the  investor  community,  and  markets  its  precious  metal  products  on  television,  radio,  and  the  internet,  as  well  as  through  customer  service 
outreach. AMIP manages Goldline’s intellectual property.

PMPP was formed in fiscal 2019 pursuant to terms of a joint venture agreement, for the purpose of purchasing precious metals from the partners' retail customers, and 

then reselling the acquired products back to affiliates of the partners. PMPP commenced operations in fiscal 2020. 

Secured Lending

The Company operates its Secured Lending segment through its wholly-owned subsidiary Collateral Finance Corporation, LLC ("CFC"). CFC has two wholly-owned 

subsidiaries: AM Capital Funding, LLC (“AMCF”), and CFC Alternative Investments (“CAI”).

CFC is a California licensed finance lender that originates and acquires commercial loans secured primarily by bullion and numismatic coins. CFC's customers include 
coin  and  precious  metal  dealers,  investors,  and  collectors.  As  of  June  30,  2023,  CFC  and  AMCF  had,  in  the  aggregate,  approximately  $100.6  million  in  secured  loans 
outstanding, of which approximately 31.8% were acquired from third parties (some of which may be customers of A-Mark) and approximately 68.2% were originated by CFC.

AMCF was formed for the purpose of securitizing eligible secured loans of CFC. AMCF issued and administers Secured Senior Term Notes: Series 2018-1, Class A, 
with  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $72.0  million  and  Secured  Subordinated  Term  Notes,  Series  2018-1,  Class  B  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $28.0  million 
(collectively referred to as the "AMCF Notes"). The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.98%, and the Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.98%. The AMCF Notes 
have a maturity date of December 15, 2023. See Note 15  to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for additional information.

CAI is a holding company that has an equity method interest in Collectible Card Partners, LLC (“CCP”). CCP provides capital to fund commercial loans secured by 

graded sports cards and sports memorabilia. CCP commenced operations in fiscal 2022.

33

 
Our Strategy 

The Company was formed in 1965 and has grown into a significant participant in the bullion and coin markets, with $9.3 billion in revenues for fiscal year 2023. We 
have  remained  active  in  seeking  investment  opportunities  to  strategically  enhance  our  business,  and  also  continue  to  focus  on  growth  in  the  volume  of  our  business,  our 
geographic  presence,  and  the  scope  of  complementary  products,  services,  and  technological  tools  that  we  offer  to  our  customers.  In  doing  so,  we  seek  to  leverage  off  the 
strengths of our existing integrated operations, which span trading, distribution, logistics, minting, storage, hedging, financing, and consignment products and services:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Our Customers

our expertise in e-commerce and marketing;

the depth of our customer relationships and our ability to acquire and retain new customers;

our long-standing relationships with the United States Mint and other sovereign and private mints; 

our access to market makers and suppliers;

our global trading systems; 

our network of precious metals dealers;

our depository relationships around the world;

our knowledge of secured lending;

our design and production of minted silver products; 

our ability to obtain more favorable pricing and financing terms due to our size;

our ability to manage exposure to commodity price risk through our experienced traders;

our distribution, storage and logistics capabilities; and 

the quality and experience of our management team.

Our  customers  include  financial  institutions,  bullion  retailers,  industrial  manufacturers  and  fabricators,  sovereign  mints,  refiners,  coin  and  metal  dealers,  investors, 
collectors, and e-commerce and other retail customers. The Company makes a two-way market in its wholesale operations, which results in many customers also operating as 
our suppliers in that segment. This diverse base of wholesale customers purchases a variety of products from the Company in a multitude of grades, primarily in the form of 
coins  and  bars.  Our  Direct-to-Consumer  segment  sells  to  (and,  through  JMB  and  PMPP,  buys  from)  retail  customers,  with  JMB  focusing  on  e-commerce  operations  and 
Goldline marketing through various traditional and e-commerce channels to the investor community. The Direct-to-Consumer segment offers these customers a variety of gold, 
silver, copper, platinum, and palladium products. 

Factors Affecting Revenues, Gross Profit, Interest Income, and Interest Expense

Set  forth  below  are  the  key  factors  affecting  the  Company’s  revenues,  gross  profit,  interest  income,  and  interest  expense.  These  factors  can  result  from  both  the 

Company’s ongoing business activities as well as from Company acquisitions. 

Revenues. The Company enters into transactions to sell and deliver gold, silver, platinum, and palladium to industrial and commercial users, coin and bullion dealers, 

mints, and financial institutions. The metals are investment or industrial grade and are sold in a variety of shapes and sizes.

The  Company  also  sells  and  delivers  gold,  silver,  platinum,  palladium,  and  copper  products  directly  to  customers  and  the  investor  community  through  its  Direct-to 

Consumer segment. Customers may place orders online at one of the Company's websites or over the phone.

The Company sells precious metals on forward contracts at a fixed price based on current prevailing precious metal spot prices with a certain delivery date in the future 
(up to six months from inception date of the forward contract). The Company also uses other derivative products (primarily futures contracts) or combinations thereof to hedge 
commodity risks. We enter into these forward and future contracts as part of our hedging strategy to mitigate our price risk of holding inventory; they are not entered into for 
speculative purposes.

Forward sales contracts by their nature are required to be included in revenues, unlike futures contracts which do not impact the Company’s revenue. The decision to 
use a forward contract versus another derivative type of product (e.g., a futures contract) for hedging purposes is based on the economics of the transaction. Since the volume of 
hedging can be significant, the movement in and out of forwards can substantially impact revenues, either positively or negatively, from period to period. For this reason, the 
Company believes ounces sold (excluding ounces sold on forward sales contracts) is a meaningful metric to assess our top line performance.

34

 
In  addition,  the  Company  earns  revenue  by  providing  storage  solutions  for  precious  metals  and  numismatic  coins  for  financial  institutions,  dealers,  investors,  and 
collectors  worldwide  and  by  providing  storage  and  order-fulfillment  services  to  our  retail  customers.  The  Company  also  earns  revenue  from  advertisements  placed  on  our 
Direct-to-Consumer websites. These revenue streams represent less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated revenues. 

The Company operates in a high volume/low margin industry. Revenues are impacted by three primary factors: product volume, market prices, and market volatility. A 
material changes in any one or more of these factors may result in a significant change in the Company’s revenues. A significant increase or decrease in revenues can occur 
simply based on changes in the underlying commodity prices and may not be reflective of an increase or decrease in the volume of products sold.

Gross Profit. Gross profit is the difference between our revenues and the cost of our products sold. Since we quote prices based on the current commodity market prices 
for precious metals, we enter into a combination of forward and futures contracts to effect a hedge position equal to the underlying precious metal commodity value, which 
substantially  represents  inventory  subject  to  price  risk.  We  enter  into  these  derivative  transactions  solely  for  the  purpose  of  hedging  our  inventory,  and  not  for  speculative 
purposes.  Our  gross  profit  includes  the  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  these  derivative  instruments.  However,  the  gains  and  losses  on  the  derivative  instruments  are 
substantially offset by the gains and losses on the corresponding changes in the market value of our precious metals inventory. As a result, our results of operations generally 
are not materially impacted by changes in commodity prices.

Volatility  also  affects  our  gross  profit.  Greater  volatility  typically  causes  the  premium  spreads  to  widen  resulting  in  an  increase  in  the  gross  profit.  Product  supply 
constraints  during  extended  periods  of  higher  volatility  have  historically  resulted  in  a  heightening  of  wider  premium  spreads  resulting  in  further  improvement  in  the  gross 
profit.

Interest  Income.  The  Company  enters  into  secured  loans  and  secured  financing  structures  with  its  customers  under  which  it  charges  interest.  CFC  acquires  loan 
portfolios and originates loans that are secured by precious metal bullion and numismatic material owned by the borrowers and held by the Company for the term of the loan. 
Additionally, AMCF acquires certain loans from CFC that are secured by precious metal bullion to meet the collateral requirements of the AMCF Notes. Also, the Company 
offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their precious metals purchases including consignments and other structured inventory finance products 
whereby the Company earns a fee based on the underlying value of the precious metal ("repurchase arrangements with customers").

Interest Expense. The Company incurs interest expense associated with its lines of credit, notes payable, product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent 
re-acquisition of gold, silver, and platinum at a fixed price with a third-party finance company ("product financing arrangements"), and short-term precious metal borrowing 
arrangements with our suppliers ("liabilities on borrowed metals").

Performance Metrics

In addition to financial statement indicators, management also utilizes key operational metrics to assess the performance of our business.

Gold and Silver Ounces Sold and Delivered to Customers. A key performance metric we utilize is the number of ounces of gold and silver sold and delivered to our 
customers (excluding ounces recorded on forward contracts). These metrics reflect our business volume without regard to changes in commodity pricing, which also impacts 
revenue, but can mask actual business trends.

The primary purpose of entering into forward sales transactions is to hedge commodity price risk. Although the revenues realized from these forward sales transactions 
are often significant, they generally have negligible impact on gross margins. As a result, the Company excludes the ounces recorded on forward contracts from its performance 
metrics as the Company does not enter into forward sales transactions for speculative purposes.

Wholesale Sales Ticket Volume. Another measure of our business that is unaffected by changes in commodity pricing is ticket volume (or number of orders processed). 
Ticket volume for the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment measures the total number of wholesale orders processed during the period. In periods of higher volatility, 
there is generally increased trading in the commodity markets, causing increased demand for our products, resulting in higher business volume. During periods of heightened 
demand, order size per ticket may increase.

Direct-to-Consumer  Customers. We  are  focused  on  attracting  new  customers  and  retaining  existing  customers  to  drive  revenue  growth. We  use  the  following  three 

metrics as revenue growth indicators when assessing our customer base: 

•

•

•

New Direct-to-Consumer Customers means the number of customers that have registered or setup a new account or made a purchase for the first time during the 
period.

Active Direct-to-Consumer Customers means the number of customers that have made a purchase during any month during the period.

Total Direct-to-Consumer Customers means the aggregate number of customers that have registered or set up an account or have made a purchase in the past.

35

 
Direct-to-Consumer Ticket Volume. Ticket volume for the Direct-to-Consumer segment measures the number of product orders processed during the period. In periods 
of higher volatility, there is generally increased consumer demand for our products, resulting in higher business volume. We use the following three metrics indicators when 
assessing our ticket volume: 

•

•

•

Ticket Volume from New Direct-to-Consumer Customers  means the number of product orders from new customers (refer to the definition of new customers 
above) processed by JMB, Goldline, and PMPP during the period.

Ticket Volume from Pre-existing Direct-to-Consumer Customers means the number of product orders from pre-existing customers, processed by JMB, Goldline, 
and PMPP during the period.

Total Ticket Volume from Direct-to-Consumer Customers means the aggregate number of product orders processed by JMB, Goldline, and PMPP during the 
period.

Average Order Value. Average order value for the Direct-to-Consumer segment and JMB measures the average dollar value of  product orders (excluding accumulation 

program orders) delivered to the customer during the period.

Inventory Turnover. Inventory turnover is another performance measure on which we are focused and is calculated as the cost of sales divided by the average inventory 
during  the  relevant  period.  Inventory  turnover  is  a  measure  of  how  quickly  inventory  has  moved  during  the  period. A  higher  inventory  turnover  ratio,  which  we  typically 
experience during periods of higher volatility when trading is more robust, typically reflects a more efficient use of our capital.

The period of time that inventory is held by the Company varies depending upon the nature of our inventory commitments with customers and suppliers. See Note 6 to 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements for a description of our classifications of inventory by type. When management analyzes inventory turnover on a period over 
period basis, consideration is given to each inventory type and its corresponding impact on the inventory turnover calculation. For example:

•

•

The  Company  enters  into  various  structured  borrowing  arrangements  that  commit  the  Company's  inventory  (such  as  product  financing  arrangements  or 
liabilities on borrowed metals) for an unspecified period of time. While the Company is able to obtain access to this inventory on demand, this type of inventory 
tends not to turn over as quickly as other types of inventory.

The  Company  enters  into  repurchase  arrangements  with  customers  under  which  it  holds  precious  metals  which  are  subject  to  repurchase  for  an  unspecified 
period of time. While the Company has legal title to this inventory, the Company is required to hold this inventory (or like-kind inventory) for the customer 
until the arrangement is terminated or the material is repurchased by the customer. As a result, this type of inventory tends not to turn over as quickly as other 
types of inventory.

Additionally, our inventory turnover ratio can be affected by hedging activity, as the period over period change of the inventory turnover ratio may be significantly 
impacted by a period over period change in hedging volume. For example, if trading activity were to remain constant over two periods, but there were significantly higher 
forward sales in the current period compared to a prior period, the calculated inventory turnover ratio would increase notwithstanding the constancy of the trading volume.

Number of Secured Loans. Finally, as a measure of the size of our Secured Lending segment, we utilize the number of outstanding secured loans to customers that are 

primarily collateralized by precious metals at the end of each quarter. 

The Company calculates a loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio for each loan as the principal amount of the loan divided by the liquidation value of the collateral, which is based 
on  daily  spot  market  prices  of  precious  metal  bullion.  When  the  market  price  of  the  pledged  collateral  decreases  and  thereby  increases  the  LTV  ratio  of  a  loan  above  a 
prescribed maximum ratio, usually 85%, the Company has the option to make a margin call on the loan. As a result, a decline of precious metal market prices may cause a 
decrease in the number of loans outstanding in a period.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to key operational metrics that are used to assess the performance of our business, management also uses non-GAAP financial performance and liquidity 
measures.  We  believe  "adjusted  net  income  before  provision  for  income  taxes”  and  "EBITDA"  can  provide  useful  information  to  evaluate  our  financial  performance  and 
liquidity position. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized definitions and should not be a substitute for measures that are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For a 
reconciliation  of  these  non-GAAP  measures  to  the  most  directly  comparable  U.S.  GAAP  measure  reported  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  income  and  consolidated 
statements of cash flows and a discussion of certain limitations inherent in such measures, refer to the “Non-GAAP Measures” section below. 

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year end is June 30 each year.

36

 
Macroeconomic Volatility 

Continued  macroeconomic  uncertainty  and  the  volatility  in  the  financial  markets  have  positively  affected  the  Company’s  trading  revenues  and  gross  profit  as  the 
volatility  of  the  price  of  precious  metals  and  numismatics  resulted  in  a  material  increase  in  the  spread  between  bid  and  ask  prices  on  these  products. We  also  experienced 
substantially increased demand for products in each of our coin and bar, industrial and retail businesses. We attribute this to certain customers seeking to assure a supply of 
precious metals necessary for the operation of their businesses, and other customers, particularly in Goldline and our JMB retail units, seeking the safety of investments in 
precious metals. In response to the heightened demand, in certain cases prices for the products we sell have also risen. We are uncertain of the duration of these conditions.

37

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview of Results of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Results of Operations

The operating results of our business were as follows (in thousands, except per share and performance metrics data):

Year Ended June 30,

2023

Revenues
Gross profit
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest income
Interest expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange
Net income before provision for income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to the Company

Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to
 A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:

Per Share Data:

Basic

Diluted

(1)

Performance Metrics:
(2)
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold
Inventory turnover ratio
Number of secured loans at period end

(3)

(4)

(5)

  $

  $

  $
  $

$
9,286,561  
294,669  
(85,282 )
(12,525 )
22,231  
(31,528 )
12,576  
2,663  
366  
203,170  
(46,401 )
156,769  
409  
156,360  

6.68  

6.34  

2,667,000  
156,233,000  
10.5  
882  

  % of revenue

100.000 %     $
3.173 %    
(0.918 %)    
(0.135 %)    
0.239 %    
(0.340 %)    
0.135 %    
0.029 %    
0.004 %    
2.188 %    
(0.500 %)    
1.688 %    
0.004 %    
1.684 %     $

$
8,159,254  
261,765  
(76,618 )
(27,300 )
21,800  
(21,992 )
6,907  
1,953  
(98 )
166,417  
(33,338 )
133,079  
543  
132,536  

2022

  % of revenue

100.000 %     $
3.208 %     $
(0.939 %)     $
(0.335 %)     $
0.267 %     $
(0.270 %)     $
0.085 %     $
0.024 %     $
(0.001 %)     $
2.040 %     $
(0.409 %)     $
1.631 %     $
0.007 %     $

1.624 %     $

%

Change

$
1,127,307  
32,904  
8,664  
(14,775 )
431  
9,536  
5,669  
710  
464  
36,753  
13,063  
23,690  
(134 )

23,824  

    $
    $

5.81  

5.45  

    $

    $

0.87  

0.89  

2,668,000  
132,209,000  
13.2  
2,271  

(1,000 )
24,024,000  
(2.7 )
(1,389 )

13.8 %
12.6 %
11.3 %
(54.1 %)
2.0 %
43.4 %
82.1 %
36.4 %
473.5 %
22.1 %
39.2 %
17.8 %
(24.7 %)

18.0 %

15.0 %

16.3 %

(0.0 %)
18.2 %
(20.5 %)
(61.2 %)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(5)

See "Results of Segments" for a description of additional metrics not listed above.
Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
Inventory turnover ratio is the cost of sales divided by average inventory for the period presented above. This calculation excludes precious metals held under financing arrangements, which are not classified as 
inventory on the consolidated balance sheets.
Number of outstanding secured loans to customers that are primarily collateralized by precious metals at the end of the period.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Revenues

in thousands, except performance metrics
Year Ended June 30,

Revenues

Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold

2023
    % of revenue

100.000 %     $

$
9,286,561  

  $

2,667,000  
156,233,000  

$
8,159,254  

2,668,000  
132,209,000  

2022

Change

  % of revenue

$

%

100.000 %     $

1,127,307  

(1,000 )
24,024,000  

13.8 %

(0.0 %)
18.2 %

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $1.1 billion, or 13.8% to $9.287 billion from $8.159 billion in 2022. Excluding an increase of $1.2 billion of 
forward sales, our revenues decreased $33.3 million or 0.5%, which was due to a decrease in gold ounces sold and lower average selling prices of silver, partially offset by an 
increase in silver ounces sold and higher average selling prices of gold.

Gold ounces sold for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased 1,000 ounces, or 0.0%, to 2,667,000 ounces from 2,668,000 ounces in 2022. Silver ounces sold for the 
year ended June 30, 2023 increased 24,024,000 ounces, or 18.2%, to 156,233,000 ounces from 132,209,000 ounces in 2022. On average, the selling prices for gold increased by 
1.0% and selling prices for silver decreased by 9.5% during the year ended June 30, 2023 as compared to the prior year. 

JMB's revenue represented 19.4% and 23.8% of the Company's consolidated revenue for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Gross Profit

in thousands, except performance metric
Year Ended June 30,

Gross profit

Performance Metric

Inventory turnover ratio

2023

2022

Change

$

    % of revenue

$

  % of revenue

$

%

  $

294,669  

3.173 %     $

261,765  

3.208 %     $

32,904  

10.5  

13.2  

(2.7 )

12.6 %

(20.5 %)

Gross profit for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $32.9 million, or 12.6%, to $294.7 million from $261.8 million in 2022. The overall gross profit increase was 

due to higher gross profits earned from both the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services and Direct-to-Consumer segments.

The Company’s overall gross margin percentage for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 3.5 basis points to 3.173% from 3.208% in 2022. Excluding an increase 
of $1.2 billion of forward sales that had a negligible impact to the amount of gross profit, our gross margin percentage for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased by 49.8 basis 
points  to  4.291%  from  3.793%,  which  was  primarily  due  to  higher  trading  profits  and  wider  premium  spreads.  JMB’s  retail  market  activity  represented  48.5%  and  46.0%, 
respectively, of the Company’s consolidated gross profit for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022.

Our  inventory  turnover  ratio  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  decreased  by  20.5%,  to  10.5  from  13.2  in  2022.  The  decrease  in  our  inventory  turnover  ratio  was 

primarily due to higher average inventory balances held under product financing arrangements, partially offset by higher forward sales.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
    % of revenue

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

%

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

  $

(85,282 )

(0.918 %)     $

(76,618 )

(0.939 %)     $

8,664  

11.3 %

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  increased  $8.7  million,  or  11.3%,  to  $85.3  million  from  $76.6  million  in  2022. The 
change was primarily due to: (i) an increase in compensation expense (including performance-based accruals) of $6.4 million, (ii) higher advertising costs of $3.5 million, (iii) 
an increase in information technology costs of $1.7 million, partially offset by (iv) a decrease in insurance costs of $1.7 million and (v) lower consulting and professional fees 
of $2.0 million.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
    % of revenue

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

%

Depreciation and amortization expense

  $

(12,525 )

(0.135 %)     $

(27,300 )

(0.335 %)     $

(14,775 )

(54.1 %)

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $14.8 million, or 54.1%, to $12.5 million from $27.3 million in 2022 primarily due 

to a $14.9 million decrease in JMB’s intangible asset amortization expense. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Interest Income 

in thousands, except performance metric
Year Ended June 30,

Interest income

Performance Metric

Number of secured loans at period-end

882  

2023

2022

Change

$

    % of revenue

$

  % of revenue

$

%

  $

22,231  

0.239 %     $

21,800  

2,271  

0.267 %     $

431  

(1,389 )

2.0 %

(61.2 %)

Interest  income  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  increased  $0.4  million,  or  2.0%,  to  $22.2  million  from  $21.8  million  in  2022.  The  aggregate  increase  in  interest 

income was primarily due to an increase in other finance product income of $1.8 million partially offset by lower interest income earned by our Secured Lending segment.

The interest income from our Secured Lending segment decreased by $1.4 million or by 12.5% compared with the prior year. The decrease in interest income earned 
from the segment’s secured loan portfolio was primarily due to fewer loans outstanding and lower average monthly loan balances during the current year as compared to the 
prior year, partially offset by an increase in interest rates. The number of secured loans outstanding decreased by 61.2% to 882 as of June 30, 2023, from 2,271 as of June 30, 
2022.

Interest Expense 

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Interest expense

2023

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

  % of revenue

$

%

  $

(31,528 )

(0.340 %)     $

(21,992 )

(0.270 %)     $

9,536  

43.4 %

Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $9.5 million, or 43.4% to $31.5 million from $22.0 million in 2022. The increase in interest expense was 
primarily driven by each of the following components: (i) $7.2 million associated with our Trading Credit Facility (primarily due to an increase in interest rates) and the AMCF 
Notes  (including  amortization  of  debt  issuance  costs),  (ii)  $2.6  million  related  to  product  financing  arrangements,  (iii)  $0.6  million  in  interest  associated  with  liabilities  on 
borrowed metals, partially offset by (iv) a decrease of $0.9 million of loan servicing fees. 

Earnings from Equity Method Investments

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
    % of revenue

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

%

Earnings from equity method investments

  $

12,576  

0.135 %     $

6,907  

0.085 %     $

5,669  

82.1 %

Earnings from equity method investments for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $5.7 million or 82.1% to $12.6 million from $6.9 million in 2022. The increase of 
$5.7 million was primarily due to our additional 40% ownership interest in Silver Gold Bull, Inc., which was acquired in June 2022, as well as earnings from our other equity 
method investments.

Other Income, Net

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Other income, net

$

2023
    % of revenue

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

%

  $

2,663  

0.029 %     $

1,953  

0.024 %     $

710  

36.4 %

Other income, net for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $0.7 million, or 36.4% to $2.7 million from $2.0 million in 2022. The increase was primarily due to 

higher royalties earned by our Secured Lending segment of $0.2 million and related-party consulting income of $0.2 million.

Income Tax Expense

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Income tax expense

$

2023
    % of revenue

2022

Change

$

  % of revenue

$

%

  $

(46,401 )

(0.500 %)     $

(33,338 )

(0.409 %)     $

13,063  

39.2 %

Our income tax expense was $46.4 million and $33.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately 22.8% 
and 20.0% for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate 
primarily  due  to  state  taxes  (net  of  federal  tax  benefit)  and  other  normal  course  non-deductible  expenditures,  partially  offset  by  the  excess  tax  benefit  from  share-based 
compensation and the foreign derived intangible income special deduction.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company conducts its operations in three reportable segments: (i) Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, (ii) Direct-to-Consumer, and (iii) Secured Lending.

Results of Operations — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services Segment 

The  Company  operates  its  Wholesale  Sales  &  Ancillary  Services  segment  directly  and  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  A-Mark  Trading  AG  (“AMTAG”), 
Transcontinental Depository Services ("TDS"), A-M Global Logistics, LLC ("Logistics"), and AM&ST Associates, LLC ("AMST" or "Silver Towne" or the "Mint"). Also, the 
Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment includes the consolidating eliminations of inter-segment transactions and unallocated segment adjustments.

Overview of Results of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 

— Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services Segment

The operating results of our Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment were as follows (in thousands, except performance metrics data):

Year Ended June 30,

Revenues
Gross profit
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest income
Interest expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange

  $

Net income before provision for income taxes

  $

Performance Metrics:
(1)
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold
Wholesale Sales ticket volume

(2)

(3)

$
7,289,139  
125,678  
(40,181 )
(970 )
12,523  
(19,660 )
12,575  
161  
366  
90,492  

2,038,000  
132,582,000  
101,488  

2023

  % of revenue

(a)

100.000 %  
(c)

  $

1.724 %  
(0.551 %)  
(0.013 %)  
0.172 %  
(0.270 %)  
0.173 %  
0.002 %    
0.005 %  
1.241 %  

  $

2022

  % of revenue

(b)

100.000 %  
(d)

  $
1.894 %   $
  $
(0.678 %)  
  $
(0.015 %)  
  $
0.178 %  
  $
(0.167 %)  
  $
0.115 %  
— %     $
  $

(0.002 %)  
1.325 %  

  $

$
6,024,742  
114,093  
(40,844 )
(891 )
10,706  
(10,034 )
6,903  
—  
(98 )
79,835  

2,059,000  
104,598,000  
107,594  

Change

$
1,264,397  
11,585  
(663 )
79  
1,817  
9,626  
5,672  
161  
464  

10,657  

(21,000 )
27,984,000  
(6,106 )

%

21.0 %
10.2 %
(1.6 %)
8.9 %
17.0 %
95.9 %
82.2 %
— %
473.5 %

13.3 %

(1.0 %)
26.8 %
(5.7 %)

(a)

(b)

(c)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)

Revenues are presented net of inter-segment transactions with the Direct-to-Consumer segment that totaled $1.464 billion. This segment’s gross sales before eliminations of inter-segment activity totaled $8.754 
billion.
Revenues are presented net of inter-segment transactions with the Direct-to-Consumer segment that totaled $1.623 billion. This segment’s gross sales before eliminations of inter-segment activity totaled $7.648 
billion.
Gross profit percentage before elimination of inter-segment sales to the Direct-to-Consumer segment was 1.449% for the period.
Gross profit percentage before elimination of inter-segment sales to the Direct-to-Consumer segment was 1.482% for the period.
Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of gold recorded on forward contracts.
Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered to the customer during the period, excluding ounces of silver recorded on forward contracts.
Wholesales Sales ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed.

Revenues — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

in thousands, except performance metrics
Year Ended June 30,

Revenues

Performance Metrics
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold
Wholesale Sales ticket volume

$
7,289,139  

(a)

  $

2023
  % of revenue

100.000 %  

  $

2,038,000  
132,582,000  
101,488  

$
6,024,742  

(b)

2,059,000  
104,598,000  
107,594  

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

100.000 %  

  $

1,264,397  

(21,000 )
27,984,000  
(6,106 )

21.0 %

(1.0 %)
26.8 %
(5.7 %)

(a)

(b)

Revenues are presented net of inter-segment transactions with the Direct-to-Consumer segment that totaled $1.464 billion. This segment’s gross sales before eliminations of inter-segment activity totaled $8.754 
billion.
Revenues are presented net of inter-segment transactions with the Direct-to-Consumer segment that totaled $1.623 billion. This segment’s gross sales before eliminations of inter-segment activity totaled $7.648 
billion.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $1.3 billion, or 21.0%, to $7.289 billion from $6.025 billion in 2022. Excluding an increase in forward sales of 
$1.2 billion, our revenues increased $103.8 million, which was due to an increase in silver ounces sold and higher average selling prices of gold, partially offset by a decrease in 
gold ounces sold and lower average selling prices of silver.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Gold ounces sold for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased 21,000 ounces, or 1.0%, to 2,038,000 ounces from 2,059,000 ounces in 2022. Silver ounces sold for the 
year ended June 30, 2023 increased 27,984,000 ounces, or 26.8%, to 132,582,000 ounces from 104,598,000 ounces in 2022. On average, the selling prices for gold increased by 
0.4% and selling prices for silver decreased by 9.5% during the year ended June 30, 2023 as compared to the prior year. 

The Wholesale Sales ticket volume for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased by 6,106 tickets, or 5.7% to 101,488 tickets from 107,594 tickets in 2022.

Gross Profit — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Gross profit

$

  $

125,678  

2023
  % of revenue

1.724 %   $

(c)

$

114,093  

2022
  % of revenue

(d)

1.894 %   $

Change

$

11,585  

%

10.2 %

(c)
(d)

Gross profit percentage before elimination of inter-segment sales to the Direct-to-Consumer segment was 1.449% for the period.
Gross profit percentage before elimination of inter-segment sales to the Direct-to-Consumer segment was 1.482% for the period.

Gross profit for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $11.6 million, or 10.2%, to $125.7 million from $114.1 million in 2022. The gross profit increase was primarily 

due to higher trading profit and wider premium spreads. 

This  segment’s  profit  margin  percentage  decreased  by  17.0  basis  points  to  1.724%  from  1.894%  in  2022.  The  decrease  in  gross  margin  percentage  was  mainly 

attributable to the impact of increased forward sales partially offset by higher trading profits and wider premium spreads. 

Excluding an increase of $1.2 billion of forward sales that had a negligible impact to the amount of gross profit, this segment's gross margin percentage for the year 
ended June 30, 2023 increased by 18.7 basis points to 2.581% from 2.394%. Forward sales increase revenues but are associated with negligible gross profit. The Company 
enters into forward contracts to hedge its precious metals price risk exposure and not for speculative purposes.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

  $

(40,181 )

(0.551 %) 

  $

(40,844 )

(0.678 %) 

  $

(663 )

(1.6 %)

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $0.7 million, or 1.6%, to $40.2 million from $40.8 million in 2022. The change 
was primarily due to: (i) a decrease in consulting and professional fees of $2.4 million and (ii) a decrease in insurance costs of $1.9 million, partially offset by (iii) an increase 
in  compensation  expense  (including  performance-based  accruals)  of  $1.7  million,  (iv)  an  increase  in  advertising  costs  of  $0.8  million,  and  (v)  an  increase  in  information 
technology costs of $0.6 million.

Interest Income — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Interest income

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

  $

12,523  

0.172 %  

  $

10,706  

0.178 %  

  $

1,817  

17.0 %

Interest income for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $1.8 million, or 17.0%, to $12.5 million from $10.7 million in 2022. The overall increase was primarily due 

to higher interest and fees earned related to margin orders of $1.4 million.

Interest Expense — Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services 

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Interest expense

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

  $

(19,660 )

(0.270 %) 

  $

(10,034 )

(0.167 %) 

  $

9,626  

95.9 %

42

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $9.6 million, or 95.9% to $19.7 million from $10.0 million in 2022. The overall increase was primarily due 
to an increase of $7.6 million in connection with our Trading Credit Facility (primarily due to an increase in interest rates) and the AMCF Notes, higher interest and fees from 
product  financing  arrangements  of  $2.6  million,  and  higher  interest  expense  related  to  liabilities  on  borrowed  metals  of  $0.6  million,  partially  offset  by  inter-segment 
eliminations related to JMB’s product financing activity with A-Mark of $1.1 million.

Earnings from Equity Method Investments— Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

Year Ended June 30, 2023 Compared to Year Ended June 30, 2022

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

Earnings from equity method investments

  $

12,575  

0.173 %  

  $

6,903  

0.115 %  

  $

5,672  

82.2 %

Earnings  from  equity  method  investments  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  increased  $5.7  million,  or  82.2%  to  $12.6  million  from  $6.9  million  in  2022.  The  net 
increase of $5.7 million was primarily due to our additional 40% ownership interest in Silver Gold Bull, Inc., which was acquired in June 2022, as well as earnings from our 
other equity method investments.

43

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Results of Operations — Direct-to-Consumer Segment

The Company operates its Direct-to-Consumer segment through our wholly-owned subsidiaries: JM Bullion, Inc. (“JMB”), Goldline, Inc. (“Goldline”), and through our 

50%-owned subsidiary Precious Metals Purchasing Partners, LLC ("PMPP"). 

Overview of Results of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

— Direct-to-Consumer Segment 

The operating results of our Direct-to-Consumer ("DTC") segment were as follows (in thousands, except performance metrics data):

Year Ended June 30,

Revenues
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net
Net income before provision for income taxes

  $

  $

(2)

(3)

Performance Metrics:
(1)
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold
Number of new customers
Number of active customers
(5)
Number of total customers
DTC ticket volume from new customers
DTC ticket volume from pre-existing customers
DTC total ticket volume
DTC average order value
JMB average order value

(8)

(6)

(4)

(9)

(9)

(7)

  $
  $

$
1,997,422  
168,991  
(42,976 )
(11,204 )
(4,098 )
142  
110,855  

629,000  
23,651,000  
335,300  
476,300  
2,348,300  
152,592  
626,248  
778,840  
2,606  
2,390  

2023

  % of revenue

(a)

100.000 %  
(c)

  $

8.460 %  
(2.152 %) 
(0.561 %) 
(0.205 %) 
0.007 %  

5.550 %  

  $

  $
  $

$
2,134,512  
147,672  
(34,152 )
(26,057 )
(2,958 )
(229 )
84,276  

609,000  
27,611,000  
230,400  
623,700  
2,013,000  
178,086  
680,544  
858,630  
2,520  
2,328  

2022

  % of revenue

(b)

100.000 %  

(d)

  $
6.918 %   $
  $
(1.600 %) 
  $
(1.221 %) 
  $
(0.139 %) 
  $
(0.011 %) 

3.948 %  

  $

  $
  $

Change

$
(137,090 )
21,319  
8,824  
(14,853 )
1,140  
371  

26,579  

20,000  
(3,960,000 )
104,900  
(147,400 )
335,300  
(25,494 )
(54,296 )
(79,790 )
86  
62  

%

(6.4 %)
14.4 %
25.8 %
(57.0 %)
38.5 %
162.0 %

31.5 %

3.3 %
(14.3 %)
45.5 %
(23.6 %)
16.7 %
(14.3 %)
(8.0 %)
(9.3 %)
3.4 %
2.7 %

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

Includes $3.5 million of inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment. 
Includes $2.4 million of inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment.
Gross profit percentage, excluding inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment, was 8.468% for the period.
Gross profit percentage, excluding inter-segment company sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment, was 6.911% for the period.
Gold ounces sold represents the ounces of gold product sold and delivered during the period.
Silver ounces sold represents the ounces of silver product sold and delivered during the period.
Number of new customers represents the number of customers that have registered or setup a new account or made a purchase for the first time during the period.
Number of active customers represents the number of customers that have made a purchase during any month during the period.
Number of total customers represents the aggregate number of customers that have registered or set up an account or have made a purchase in the past. 
Ticket volume from new customers represents the number of product orders from new customers processed by JMB, Goldline, and PMPP during the period.
Ticket volume from pre-existing customers represents the total number of product orders from pre-existing customers processed by JMB, Goldline, and PMPP during the period.
Total ticket volume represents the total number of product orders processed by JMB, Goldline, and PMPP during the period.
Average Order Value ("AOV") represents the average dollar value of product orders (excluding accumulation program orders) delivered to the customer during the period.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Revenues — Direct-to-Consumer

in thousands, except performance metrics
Year Ended June 30,

Revenues
Performance Metrics:
Gold ounces sold
Silver ounces sold
Number of new customers
Number of active customers
Number of total customers
DTC ticket volume from new customers
DTC ticket volume from pre-existing customers
DTC total ticket volume
DTC average order value
JMB average order value

  $

  $
  $

$
1,997,422  

629,000  
23,651,000  
335,300  
476,300  
2,348,300  
152,592  
626,248  
778,840  
2,606  
2,390  

2023
  % of revenue

100.000 %  

  $

  $
  $

$
2,134,512  

609,000  
27,611,000  
230,400  
623,700  
2,013,000  
178,086  
680,544  
858,630  
2,520  
2,328  

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

100.000 %  

  $

(137,090 )

20,000  
(3,960,000 )
104,900  
(147,400 )
335,300  
(25,494 )
(54,296 )
(79,790 )
86  
62  

  $
  $

(6.4 %)

3.3 %
(14.3 %)
45.5 %
(23.6 %)
16.7 %
(14.3 %)
(8.0 %)
(9.3 %)
3.4 %
2.7 %

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $137.1 million, or 6.4%, to $1.997 billion from $2.135 billion in 2022. The decrease in revenue was due to a 
decrease in silver ounces sold and lower average selling prices of silver, partially offset by an increase in gold ounces sold and higher average selling prices of gold. For the 
year ended June 30, 2023, JMB's revenue decreased $139.4 million, while revenue of Goldline and PMPP, in the aggregate, increased by $2.3 million as compared to the prior 
year. 

Gold ounces sold for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased 20,000 ounces, or 3.3%, to 629,000 ounces from 609,000 ounces in 2022. Silver ounces sold for the year 

ended June 30, 2023 decreased 3,960,000 ounces, or 14.3%, to 23,651,000 ounces from 27,611,000 ounces in 2022. 

Gold ounces sold by JMB increased 14,000 ounces for the year ended June 30, 2023 compared to 2022. Gold ounces sold by Goldline and PMPP, in the aggregate, 
increased 6,000 ounces compared to 2022. Silver ounces sold by JMB decreased 3,931,000 ounces for the year ended June 30, 2023 compared to 2022. Silver ounces sold by 
Goldline and PMPP, in the aggregate, decreased 28,000 ounces compared to 2022. 

On average, selling prices for gold increased by 2.4% and selling prices for silver decreased by 6.0% during the year ended June 30, 2023 as compared to the prior year. 

The number of new customers for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased 104,900, or 45.5% to 335,300 from 230,400 in 2022. For the year ended June 30, 2023, 
approximately 31% of the new customers were attributable to the acquired customer lists of BGASC and BullionMax in October 2022 and June 2023, respectively. The number 
of  active  customers  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  decreased  147,400,  or  23.6%  to  476,300  from  623,700  in  2022. The  number  of  total  customers  as  of  June  30,  2023 
increased 335,300, or 16.7% to 2,348,300 from 2,013,000 as of June 30, 2022. The changes in the customer-based metrics were primarily due to JMB's activity.

As of June 30, 2023, the number of total CyberMetals customers was 22,400 and CyberMetals customer assets under management were $6.5 million.

For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023,  the  Direct-to-Consumer  ticket  volume  related  to  new  customers  decreased  by  25,494  tickets,  or  14.3%,  to  152,592  tickets  from 
178,086 tickets in 2022. For the year ended June 30, 2023, Direct-to-Consumer ticket volume related to pre-existing customers decreased by 54,296 tickets, or 8.0%, to 626,248 
tickets from 680,544 tickets in 2022. For the year ended June 30, 2023, the Direct-to-Consumer total ticket volume decreased by 79,790 tickets, or 9.3%, to 778,840 tickets 
from 858,630 tickets in 2022.

For the year ended June 30, 2023, the Direct-to-Consumer average order value increased by $86, or 3.4%, to $2,606 from $2,520 in 2022. 

Gross Profit — Direct-to-Consumer

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Gross profit

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

  $

168,991  

8.460 %  

  $

147,672  

6.918 %  

  $

21,319  

14.4 %

Gross profit for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased by $21.3 million, or 14.4%, to $169.0 million from $147.7 million in 2022. The increase in gross profit was 

mainly due to an increased gross profit margin percentage, partially offset by a lower ticket volume. 

For the year ended June 30, 2023, the Direct-to-Consumer segment's profit margin percentage increased by 154.2 basis points to 8.460% from 6.918% in 2022. The 
increase  in  the  gross  profit  margin  percentage  was  mainly  due  to  the  improved  gross  profit  percentages  of  JMB,  partially  offset  by  the  lower  gross  profit  percentages  of 
Goldline and PMPP.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense — Direct-to-Consumer 

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  $

(42,976 )

(2.152 %) 

  $

(34,152 )

(1.600 %) 

  $

8,824  

25.8 %

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023  increased  $8.8  million,  or  25.8%,  to  $43.0  million  from  $34.2  million  in  2022. The 
change was primarily due to (i) an increase in compensation expense (including performance-based accruals) of $4.7 million, (ii) higher advertising costs of $2.6 million, (iii) 
an increase in information technology costs of $1.1 million, and (iv) an increase in insurance costs of $0.2 million.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense — Direct-to-Consumer

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

Depreciation and amortization expense

  $

(11,204 )

(0.561 %) 

  $

(26,057 )

(1.221 %) 

  $

(14,853 )

(57.0 %)

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended June 30, 2023, decreased $14.9 million, or 57.0%, to $11.2 million from $26.1 million in 2022. The change 

was primarily due to a $14.9 million decrease in JMB’s intangible asset amortization expense. 

Interest expense — Direct-to-Consumer

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

Interest expense

$

2023
  % of revenue

$

2022
  % of revenue

Change

$

%

  $

(4,098 )

(0.205 %) 

  $

(2,958 )

(0.139 %) 

  $

1,140  

38.5 %

Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $1.1 million to $4.1 million from $3.0 million in 2022. The increase is related to JMB’s increased product 

financing activity with A-Mark and higher interest rates.

Results of Operations — Secured Lending Segment

The Company operates its Secured Lending segment through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Collateral Finance Corporation, LLC ("CFC"), AM Capital Funding, LLC 

(“AMCF”), and CFC Alternative Investments (“CAI”).

Overview of Results of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

— Secured Lending Segment

The operating results of our Secured Lending segment were as follows (in thousands, except performance metrics data):

Year Ended June 30,

Interest income
Interest expense
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net
Net income before provision for income taxes

Performance Metric:

Number of secured loans at period end

(1)

$

  $

  $

9,708  
(7,770 )
(2,125 )
(351 )
1  
2,360  
1,823  

882  

2023

% of interest
income

2022

$

% of interest
income

Change

$

%

11,094  
(9,000 )
(1,622 )
(352 )
4  
2,182  
2,306  

2,271  

100.000 %     $
(80.037 %)    
(21.889 %)    
(3.616 %)    
0.010 %    
24.310 %    
18.778 %     $

46

100.000 %     $
(81.125 %)     $
(14.621 %)     $
(3.173 %)     $
0.036 %     $
19.668 %     $

20.786 %     $

(1,386 )
(1,230 )
503  
(1 )
(3 )
178  

(483 )

(1,389 )

(12.5 %)
(13.7 %)
31.0 %
(0.3 %)
(75.0 %)
8.2 %

(20.9 %)

(61.2 %)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
(1)

Number of outstanding secured loans to customers at the end of the period.

Interest Income — Secured Lending

in thousands, except performance metric
Year Ended June 30,

Interest income

Performance Metric

Number of secured loans at period-end

$

  $

9,708  

882  

2023

% of interest
income

100.000 %     $

2022

% of interest
income

Change

$

%

100.000 %     $

(1,386 )

(1,389 )

$

11,094  

2,271  

(12.5 %)

(61.2 %)

Interest income for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $1.4 million, or 12.5%, to $9.7 million from $11.1 million in 2022. The decrease in interest income earned 
from the segment’s secured loan portfolio was primarily due to fewer loans outstanding and lower average monthly loan balances during the current year as compared to the 
prior year, partially offset by an increase in interest rates. The number of secured loans outstanding decreased by 1,389, or 61.2% to 882 from 2,271 as of June 30, 2022.

Interest Expense — Secured Lending

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

2023

$

% of interest
income

2022

$

% of interest
income

Change

$

%

Interest expense

  $

(7,770 )

(80.037 %)     $

(9,000 )

(81.125 %)     $

(1,230 )

(13.7 %)

Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2023 decreased $1.2 million, or 13.7%, to $7.8 million from $9.0 million in 2022. The change in interest expense was 
primarily  due  to  lower  loan  servicing  costs  of  $0.9  million  and  lower  interest  expense  of  $0.4  million  associated  with  our  Trading  Credit  Facility  and  the AMCF  Notes 
(including amortization of debt issuance costs).

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses — Secured Lending

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

2023

$

% of interest
income

2022

$

% of interest
income

Change

$

%

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

  $

(2,125 )

(21.889 %)     $

(1,622 )

(14.621 %)     $

503  

31.0 %

Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $0.5 million, or 31.0%, to $2.1 million from $1.6 million in 2022. The change 

in selling, general, and administrative expenses was not significant.

Other Income, Net — Secured Lending

in thousands
Year Ended June 30,

2023

$

% of interest
income

2022

$

% of interest
income

Change

$

%

Other income, net

  $

2,360  

24.310 %     $

2,182  

19.668 %     $

178  

8.2 %

Other income, net for the year ended June 30, 2023 increased $0.2 million, or 8.2%, to $2.4 million from $2.2 million in 2022. The change in other income, net was not 

significant.

NON-GAAP MEASURES 

Adjusted net income before provision for income taxes

Overview

In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we believe the below non-GAAP measure is useful in evaluating our operating performance. We 
use the financial measure “adjusted net income before provision for income taxes” to present our pre-tax earnings from core business operations. This measure does not have 
standardized  definitions  and  is  not  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  The  items  excluded  from  this  financial  measure  may  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
results.  Certain  of  those  items  are  non-recurring,  while  others  are  non-cash  in  nature. Accordingly,  this  non-GAAP  financial  performance  measure  should  be  considered  in 
addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, the comparable measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Reconciliation

We calculate this non-GAAP financial performance measure by eliminating from net income before provision for income taxes the impact of items we do not consider 
indicative of our core operating performance. We eliminate the impact of the following three items: (i) acquisition expenses; (ii) amortization expenses related to intangible 
assets acquired; and (iii) depreciation expense. 

The  following  table  reconciles  this  non-GAAP  financial  performance  measure  to  its  most  closely  comparable  U.S.  GAAP  measure  on  our  financial  statements  (in 

thousands):

Year Ended June 30,

Net income before provision for income taxes

Adjustments:

Acquisition costs

Amortization of acquired intangibles

Depreciation expense

2023

$

2022

$

Change

$

%

  $

203,170  

  $

166,417  

  $

285  

10,343  

2,182  

1,283  

25,668  

1,632  

195,000  

  $
  $
  $
  $

36,753  

(998 )

(15,325 )

550  

20,980  

22.1 %

(77.8 %)

(59.7 %)

33.7 %

10.8 %

Adjusted net income before provision for income taxes (non-GAAP)

  $

215,980  

  $

Adjustments

Acquisition expenses. We incur expenses for professional services rendered in connection with business combinations, which are included as a component of selling, 
general, and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Acquisition expenses are recorded in the periods in which the costs are incurred, and 
the  services  are  received.  We  exclude  acquisition  expenses  when  we  evaluate  our  core  operating  performance  and  to  facilitate  comparison  of  period-to-period  operating 
performance.

Amortization of purchased intangibles. Amortization expense of purchased intangibles varies in amount and frequency and is significantly impacted by the timing and 
size of our acquisitions. Due to amortization expense being non-cash in nature, management finds it useful to exclude these charges from our operating expenses to assist in the 
review  of  a  measure  that  more  closely  corresponds  to  cash  operating  income  generated  from  our  business. Amortization  of  purchased  intangible  assets  will  recur  in  future 
periods. For additional information about the amortization of our purchased intangibles. See Note 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Depreciation expense. Depreciation expense is calculated using a straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three years 
to twenty-five years. Due to depreciation expense being non-cash in nature, management finds it useful to exclude these charges from our operating expenses to assist in the 
review of a measure that more closely corresponds to cash operating income generated from our business. See Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization 

Overview

In addition to the non-GAAP financial performance measure discussed in the section above, we use the non-GAAP liquidity measure “earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation, and amortization” or "EBITDA" to evaluate our business operations before investing activities, interest, and income taxes. Management and external users of our 
consolidated financial statements, such as industry analysts and investors, may use EBITDA to compare business operations with other publicly traded companies.

Reconciliation

We  calculate  EBITDA  by  eliminating  from  net  income  the  following  five  items:  (i)  interest  income;  (ii)  interest  expense;  (iii)  amortization  expenses  related  to 

intangible assets acquired; (iv) depreciation expense; and (v) income tax expense. 

48

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
Management believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is “net cash provided by or used in operating activities” presented in the consolidated 

statement of cash flows. Below is the reconciliation of net cash provided by or used in operating activities to EBITDA (in thousands):

Year Ended June 30,

Net income
Adjustments:

Interest income
Interest expense
Amortization of acquired intangibles
Depreciation expense
Income tax expense

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (non-GAAP)

Reconciliation of Operating Cash Flows to EBITDA:
Net cash used in operating activities

Changes in operating working capital
Interest expense
Interest income
Income tax expense
Dividends and distributions received from equity method investees
Earnings from equity method investments
Share-based compensation
Deferred income taxes
Amortization of loan cost
Other

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (non-GAAP)

Cash Flow Data:

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Primary Sources and Uses of Cash

Overview

2023
$

2022
$

Change

$

%

  $

156,769  

    $

133,079  

(22,231 )
31,528  
10,343  
2,182  
46,401  
68,223  

224,992  

    $

(30,323 )
193,738  
31,528  
(22,231 )
46,401  
(978 )
12,576  
(2,176 )
(1,585 )
(2,113 )
155  
224,992  

    $

    $

(30,323 )
6,839  
25,019  

    $
    $
    $

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $

(21,800 )
21,992  
25,668  
1,632  
33,338  
60,830  

193,909  

(89,166 )
245,216  
21,992  
(21,800 )
33,338  
(1,678 )
6,907  
(2,140 )
4,106  
(2,651 )
(215 )
193,909  

(89,166 )
(60,563 )
86,107  

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
$
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

23,690  

431  
9,536  
(15,325 )
550  
13,063  
7,393  

31,083  

(58,843 )
(51,478 )
9,536  
431  
13,063  
(700 )
5,669  
36  
(5,691 )
(538 )
370  

31,083  

(58,843 )
67,402  
(61,088 )

17.8 %

2.0 %
43.4 %
(59.7 %)
33.7 %
39.2 %
12.2 %

16.0 %

(66.0 %)
(21.0 %)
43.4 %
2.0 %
39.2 %
(41.7 %)
82.1 %
1.7 %
(138.6 %)
(20.3 %)
172.1 %

16.0 %

(66.0 %)
111.3 %
(70.9 %)

Liquidity refers to the availability to the Company of amounts of cash to meet all of our cash needs. Our sources of liquidity principally include cash from operations, 

Trading Credit Facility (see “Lines of Credit” below), and product financing arrangements. 

A substantial portion of our assets are liquid. As of June 30, 2023, approximately 81.5% of our assets consisted of cash, receivables, derivative assets, secured loans 
receivables,  precious  metals  held  under  financing  arrangements,  and  inventories,  measured  at  fair  value.  Cash  generated  from  the  sales  or  financing  of  our  precious  metals 
products is our primary source of operating liquidity. Among other things, these include our product financing arrangements and liabilities on borrowed metals. Typically, the 
Company acquires its inventory by: (i) purchasing inventory from its suppliers by utilizing our own capital and lines of credit; (ii) borrowing precious metals from its suppliers 
under short-term arrangements which may bear interest at a designated rate, and (iii) repurchasing inventory at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the specified 
repurchase date.

In addition to selling inventory, the Company generates cash from earning interest income. The Company enters into secured loans and secured financing structures 
with its customers under which it charges interest. The loans are secured by precious metals and numismatic material, and graded sports cards and sports memorabilia owned by 
the borrowers and held by the Company as security for the term of the loan. The Company also offers a number of secured financing options to its customers to finance their 
precious  metals  purchases  including  consignments  and  other  structured  inventory  finance  products.  Furthermore,  our  customers  may  enter  into  agreements  whereby  the 
customer agrees to repurchase our precious metals at the prevailing spot price for delivery of the product at a specific point in time in the future; interest income is earned from 
the contract date until the material is delivered and paid for in full.

We may also raise funds through the public or private offering of equity or debt securities, although there is no assurance that we will be able to do so at the times and 
in  the  amounts  required.  We  have  an  effective  universal  shelf  registration  statement  on  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  under  which  we  may  issue 
approximately $69.5 million worth of securities at this time through March 2024. 

49

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
We continually review our overall credit and capital needs to ensure that our capital base, both stockholders’ equity and available credit facilities, can appropriately 
support our anticipated financing needs. The Company also continually monitors its current and forecasted cash requirements and draws upon and pays down its lines of credit 
so as to minimize interest expense. See Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Lines of Credit 

in thousands

Lines of credit

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

  $

235,000  

$

215,000  

$

20,000  

Effective December 21, 2021, A-Mark entered into a three-year committed borrowing facility (the "Trading Credit Facility") with CIBC Bank USA, as agent and joint 
lead arranger, and a syndicate of banks. As of June 30, 2023, the Trading Credit Facility provided the Company with access up to $350.0 million. The credit facility has a 
termination date of December 21, 2024. 

A-Mark  routinely  uses  funds  drawn  under  the  Trading  Credit  Facility  to  purchase  metals  from  its  suppliers  and  for  other  operating  cash  flow  purposes.  Our  CFC 

subsidiary also uses the funds drawn under the Trading Credit Facility to finance certain of its lending activities.

Notes Payable 

in thousands

Notes payable — short-term
Notes payable — long-term

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

95,308  
—  
95,308  

$

$

—  
94,073  
94,073  

$

$

95,308  
(94,073 )
1,235  

  $

  $

In September 2018, AMCF, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CFC, completed an issuance of Secured Senior Term Notes, Series 2018-1, Class A in the aggregate principal 
amount of $72.0 million and Secured Subordinated Term Notes, Series 2018-1, Class B in the aggregate principal amount of $28.0 million (collectively, the "AMCF Notes".) 
The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.98% and the Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.98%. The AMCF Notes have a maturity date of December 15, 2023. The 
holders  of  the  AMCF  Notes  have  a  first  priority  security  interest  in  the  AMCF's  cash,  secured  loan  receivable,  precious  metals  held  under  financing  arrangements,  and 
inventory, which are in excess of the AMCF Notes' aggregate principal amount.

As of June 30, 2023, the consolidated aggregate carrying balance of the AMCF Notes was $94.8 million (which excludes the $5.0 million portion of the Class B Notes 
that the Company retained), and the remaining unamortized loan cost balance was approximately $0.2 million, which is amortized using the effective interest method through 
the maturity date. See Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The  Company  is  in  discussions  with  its Trading  Credit  Facility  lenders  to  refinance  the AMCF  Notes  under  this  facility.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  refinance  the 
AMCF Notes through the Trading Credit Facility or other alternative financing, the Company intends to generate funds to repay the AMCF Notes through the sale of inventory 
and/or product financing arrangements.

In April 2021, CCP entered into a loan agreement with CFC, which provides CFC with up to $4.0 million to fund commercial loans secured by graded sports cards and 
sports  memorabilia  to  its  borrowers. All  loans  to  be  funded  using  the  proceeds  from  the  CCP  Note  are  subject  to  CCP’s  prior  written  approval. The  term  of  the  CCP  Note 
expires on April 1, 2024 and may be extended by mutual agreement. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 the outstanding principal balance of the CCP Note was $0.5 million 
and $0.0 million. See Note 14 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Liabilities on Borrowed Metals

in thousands

Liabilities on borrowed metals

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

$

21,642  

$

59,417  

$

(37,775 )

We borrow precious metals from our suppliers and customers under short-term arrangements using other precious metal from our inventory or precious metals held 
under  financing  arrangements  as  collateral. Amounts  under  these  arrangements  require  repayment  either  in  the  form  of  precious  metals  or  cash.  Liabilities  also  arise  from 
unallocated metal positions held by customers in our inventory. Typically, these positions are due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal 
held in the position.

Product Financing Arrangements

in thousands

Product financing arrangements

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

$

335,831  

$

282,671  

$

53,160  

50

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has agreements with financial institutions and other third parties that allow the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory to the third-party at an 
agreed-upon price based on the spot price, which provides alternative sources of liquidity. During the term of the agreement both parties intend for inventory to be returned at 
an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. The third parties charge monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation; 
such monthly charges are classified as interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and therefore are accounted for as financing arrangements and reflected in the 
Company’s consolidated balance sheets as product financing arrangements. The obligation is stated at the amount required to repurchase the outstanding inventory. Both the 
product financing arrangements and the underlying inventory (which is entirely restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included as a component of cost 
of sales.

Secured Loans Receivable

in thousands

Secured loans receivable

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

$

100,620  

$

126,217  

$

(25,597 )

CFC is a California licensed finance lender that makes and acquires commercial loans secured by bullion and numismatic coins, and graded sports cards and sports 
memorabilia that affords our customers a convenient means of financing their inventory or collections. See Note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. AMCF 
also purchases and holds secured loans from CFC to meet its collateral requirements related to the AMCF Notes. See Note 15 to Company’s consolidated financial statements. 
Most of the Company's secured loans are short-term in nature. The renewal of these secured loans is at the discretion of the Company and, as such, provides us with some 
flexibility in regard to our capital deployment strategies.

Dividends 

The  Company’s  board  of  directors  has  adopted  a  regular  quarterly  cash  dividend  policy  of  $0.20  per  common  share  ($0.80  per  share  on  an  annual  basis).  The 

declaration of regular cash dividends in the future is subject to the determination each quarter by the board of directors.

On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors declared a non-recurring special dividend of $1.00 per common share to stockholders of record at the close of 
business on September 12, 2022. The dividend was paid on September 26, 2022 and totaled $23.4 million. On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors also declared 
the initial quarterly regular cash dividend under its new dividend policy, of $0.20 per common share to stockholders of record at the close of business on October 10, 2022. The 
dividend was paid on October 24, 2022 and totaled $4.7 million.

On January 4, 2023, the Company's board of directors declared a quarterly regular cash dividend of $0.20 per common share to stockholders of record at the close of 

business on January 16, 2023. The dividend totaling $4.7 million was paid on January 27, 2023.

On April 5, 2023, the Company's board of directors declared a quarterly regular cash dividend of $0.20 per common share to shareholders of record at the close of 

business on April 17, 2023. The dividend totaling $4.7 million was paid on April 28, 2023. 

See Note 20 to the Company's consolidated financial statements for more information regarding our dividends.

Cash Flows

The  majority  of  the  Company’s  trading  activities  involve  two-day  value  trades  under  which  payment  is  received  in  advance  of  delivery  or  product  is  received  in 
advance of payment. The combination of sales volume, inventory turnover, and precious metals price volatility can cause material changes in the sources of cash used in or 
provided  by  operating  activities  on  a  daily  basis.  The  Company  manages  these  variances  through  its  liquidity  forecasts  and  counterparty  limits  by  maintaining  a  liquidity 
reserve to meet the Company’s cash needs. The Company uses various short-term financial instruments to manage the cycle of our trading activities from customer purchase 
order to cash collections and product delivery, which can cause material changes in the amount of cash used in or provided by financing activities on a daily basis.

The following summarizes components of our consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

Year Ended
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Change

  $
  $
  $

(30,323 )
6,839  
25,019  

$
$
$

(89,166 )
(60,563 )
86,107  

$
$
$

(58,843 )
67,402  
(61,088 )

For  the  periods  presented,  our  principal  capital  requirements  have  been  to  fund  (i)  working  capital  and  (ii)  financing  activity.  Our  working  capital  requirements 

fluctuated with market conditions, the availability of precious metals, and the volatility of precious metals commodity pricing. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Operating activities used $30.3 million and used $89.2 million in cash for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, representing a $58.8 million decrease 
in  cash  used  compared  to  the  year  ended  June  30,  2022.  The  decrease  in  cash  used  was  primarily  due  to  net  changes  in  working  capital,  which  includes  the  balances  of 
inventories, precious metals held under financing arrangements, receivables, and derivative liabilities, partially offset by increased net income adjusted for noncash items. 

Net Cash Flows From Investing Activities 

Investing activities provided $6.8 million and used $60.6 million in cash for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, representing a $67.4 million change 
in cash provided or used compared to the year ended June 30, 2022. This period over period change was primarily due to higher cash inflows of $41.6 million associated with 
the net liquidations of secured loans in the current period, a decrease in purchases of long-term investments primarily related to our equity method investees of $32.0 million, 
and $0.7 million from digital asset activity. These increases in cash inflows were partially offset by higher investing cash outflows in the current year of $5.0 million related to 
the acquisition of intangible assets from BGASC and BullionMax, and $1.9 million of capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment.

Net Cash Flows From Financing Activities

Financing activities provided $25.0 million and provided $86.1 million in cash for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, representing a $61.1 million 
decrease in cash provided compared to the year ended June 30, 2022. This period over period decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to decreases 
in cash provided of $28.5 million related to our product financing arrangements, an increase in cash paid for dividends of $14.8 million, decreased net borrowings of $10.0 
million under our lines of credit, an increase of $9.8 million of cash used to repurchase our common stock under our share repurchase program, an increase of $3.0 million on 
repayments on notes payable to related parties, a decrease in cash provided of $2.3 million related to the exercise and taxes related to share-based awards, and an increase of 
$1.0  million  in  distributions  paid  to  PMPP's  noncontrolling  interest  holder.  These  increases  in  cash  outflows  were  partially  offset  by  lower  debt  issuance  costs  paid  in  the 
current year of $4.7 million and increased proceeds of $3.5 million from the issuance of related party notes.

Capital Resources

We believe that our current cash availability under the Trading Credit Facility, product financing arrangements, financing derived from borrowed metals and the cash 
we anticipate generating from operating activities will provide us with sufficient liquidity to satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, investment requirements, 
and commitments through at least the next twelve months. 

The Company is in discussions with its Trading Credit Facility lenders to refinance the AMCF Notes, which mature on December 15, 2023, under this facility. If the 
Company is unable to refinance the AMCF Notes through the Trading Credit Facility or other alternative financing, the Company intends to generate funds to repay the AMCF 
Notes through the sale of inventory and/or product financing arrangements, which will reduce the Company's liquidity. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

Counterparty Risk

We face counterparty risks in our Wholesale Sales and Ancillary Services segment. We manage these risks by setting credit and position risk limits with our trading 
counterparties,  including  gross  position  limits  for  counterparties  engaged  in  sales  and  purchase  transactions  and  inventory  consignment  transactions  with  us,  as  well  as 
collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

Commodities Risk and Derivatives

We use a variety of strategies to manage our risk including fluctuations in commodity prices for precious metals. Our inventory consists of, and our trading activities 
involve,  precious  metals  and  precious  metal  products,  for  which  prices  are  linked  to  the  corresponding  precious  metal  commodity  prices.  The  Company's  precious  metals 
inventory  is  subject  to  fluctuations  in  market  value,  resulting  from  changes  in  the  underlying  commodity  prices.  Inventory  purchased  or  borrowed  by  us  is  subject  to  price 
changes. Inventory borrowed is a natural hedge, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier or deliver metals to the 
customer.

Open sale and purchase commitments in our trading activities are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the 
date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). We seek to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and 
futures contracts. Our open sale and purchase commitments generally settle within 2 business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, we 
have the right to settle the positions upon demand.

52

 
Our policy is to substantially hedge our inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk. We regularly enter into precious 
metals commodity forward and futures contracts with financial institutions to hedge against this risk. We use futures contracts, which typically settle within 30 days, for our 
shorter-term hedge positions, and forward contracts, which may remain open for up to six months, for our longer-term hedge positions. We have access to all of the precious 
metals markets, allowing us to place hedges. We also maintain relationships with major market makers in every major precious metals dealing center. 

The Company enters into these derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to the 
nature of our hedging strategy, we are not using hedge accounting as defined under Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). Unrealized gains or losses 
resulting from our futures and forward contracts are reported as cost of sales with the related amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as derivative assets or liabilities. 
The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and losses are 
reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales and the net realized gains and losses for futures are recorded in cost of 
sales.

The Company’s net gains and losses on derivative instruments for the years ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 totaled gains of $97.1 million and gains of $47.8 million, 
respectively. These net gains and losses on derivative instruments were substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory and 
open sale and purchase commitments, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income.

The purpose of the Company's hedging policy is to substantially match the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument to the change in the value of the 
underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes the results of our hedging activities, showing the precious metal commodity inventory position, net of open sale and 
purchase commitments, which is subject to price risk, compared to change in the value of the derivative instruments (in thousands): 

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Inventories
Precious metals held under financing arrangements

Less unhedgeable inventories:

Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or net realizable value
Premium on metals position
Precious metal value not hedged

Commitments at market:

Open inventory purchase commitments
Open inventory sales commitments
Margin sale commitments
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk
Unhedgeable premiums on open commitment positions
Borrowed precious metals
Product financing arrangements
Advances on industrial metals

Precious metal subject to price risk

Precious metal subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values
Precious metals futures contracts at market values
Total market value of derivative financial instruments

Net precious metals subject to commodity price risk

$

$

981,643  
25,530  
1,007,173  

(948 )
(29,358 )
(30,306 )

921,108  
(587,392 )
(17,682 )
(5,505 )
11,224  
(21,642 )
(335,831 )
698  
(35,022 )

941,845  

767,767  
170,466  
938,233  

$

3,612  

$

741,018  
79,766  
820,784  

(1,434 )
(27,059 )
(28,493 )

681,835  
(497,949 )
(26,984 )
(13,164 )
12,933  
(59,417 )
(282,671 )
768  
(184,649 )

607,642  

278,326  
326,713  
605,039  

2,603  

We are exposed to the risk of default of the counterparties to our derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by us when evaluating the fair value implications. 
We regularly review the creditworthiness of our major counterparties and monitor our exposure to concentrations. As of June 30, 2023, we believe our risk of counterparty 
default is mitigated based on our evaluation of the creditworthiness of our major counterparties, the strong financial condition of our counterparties, and the short-term duration 
of these arrangements. 

We had the following outstanding sale and purchase commitments and open forward and future contracts, which are normal and recurring, in nature (in thousands):

Purchase commitments
Sales commitments
Margin sales commitments
Open forward contracts
Open futures contracts
Foreign exchange forward contracts

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$
$
$
$
$
$

921,108  
(587,392 )
(17,682 )
767,767  
170,466  
7,101  

$
$
$
$
$
$

681,835  
(497,949 )
(26,984 )
278,326  
326,713  
9,738  

53

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The notional amounts of the commodity forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase orders, as shown in the table above, are not reflected at the 
notional  amounts  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. The  Company  records  commodity  forward  and  futures  contracts  at  the  fair  value,  which  is  the  difference  between  the 
market price of the underlying metal or contract measured on the reporting date and the trade amount measured on the date the contract was transacted. The fair value of the 
open derivative contracts are shown as a component of derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company enters into the derivative forward and future transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory holding risk, and not for speculative market 
purposes. The Company’s gains and losses on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory 
position,  including  our  open  sale  and  purchase  commitments. The  Company  records  the  derivatives  at  the  trade  date,  and  any  corresponding  unrealized  gains  or  losses  are 
shown  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  We  adjust  the  carrying  value  of  the  derivatives  to  fair  value  on  a  daily  basis  until  the 
transactions are physically settled. See Note 12 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Commitments and Contingencies

Refer to Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for information relating Company's commitments and contingencies.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In 
connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other 
factors  that  we  believe  to  be  relevant  at  the  time  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared.  On  a  regular  basis,  we  review  our  accounting  policies, 
assumptions,  estimates  and  judgments  to  ensure  that  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  fairly  and  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  However, 
because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could materially differ from our estimates.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting policies are 
the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from 
the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit 
Committee of our board of directors.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for its metals and sales contracts using settlement date accounting. Pursuant to such accounting, the Company recognizes the sale or purchase of 
the metals at settlement date. During the period between the trade and settlement dates, the Company enters into forward contracts that meet the definition of a derivative in 
accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC (“ASC 815”). The Company records the derivative at the trade date with any corresponding unrealized gain 
(loss), shown as component of cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions 
are settled. When these contracts are settled, the unrealized gains and losses are reversed, and revenue is recognized for contracts that are physically settled. For contracts that 
are net settled, the realized gains and losses are recorded in cost of sales, with the exception of forward contracts, where their associated realized gains and losses are recorded 
in revenue and cost of sales, respectively.

Also, the Company recognizes its storage, logistics, licensing, advertising revenue, and other services revenues in accordance with the FASB's release ASU 2014-09 
Revenue From Contracts With Customers Topic 606 of the ASC and subsequent related amendments ("ASC 606"), which follows five basic steps to determine whether revenue 
can  be  recognized:  (i)  identify  the  contract  with  a  customer;  (ii)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract;  (iii)  determine  the  transaction  price;  (iv)  allocate  the 
transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Inventories

The Company's inventory, which primarily consists of bullion and bullion coins, is acquired and initially recorded at cost and then marked to fair market value. The fair 
market value of the bullion and bullion coins comprises two components: (i) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (ii) the premium 
paid at acquisition of the metal, which is attributable to the incremental value of the product in its finished goods form. The market value attributable solely to such premium is 
readily determinable by reference to multiple sources. The precious metal component of the inventory may be hedged through the use of precious metal commodity positions, 
while the premium component of our inventory is not a commodity that may be hedged. 

54

 
The Company’s inventory, except for certain lower of cost or net realizable value basis products (as described below), is subsequently recorded at their fair market 
values. The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that are taken with respect to our 
inventory positions; both the change in the fair market value of the inventory and the change in the fair market value of these derivative instruments are recorded in cost of sales 
in the consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventory is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower 
of cost or net realizable value, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the 
precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins 
because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Additionally, neither the commemorative coin 
inventory nor the premium component of our inventory is hedged.

Inventory includes amounts borrowed from suppliers and customers arising from various arrangements including unallocated metal positions held by customers in the 
Company’s  inventory,  amounts  due  to  suppliers  for  the  use  of  consigned  inventory,  metals  held  by  suppliers  as  collateral  on  advanced  pool  metals,  as  well  as  shortages  in 
unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in 
a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts under these arrangements require delivery either in the form of precious metals or 
cash. The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventory and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions. See Note 12 to the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

The Company enters into product financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent option or obligation to reacquire its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon 
price based on the spot price with a third-party finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, charged 
by  the  third-party  finance  company.  During  the  term  of  the  financing  agreement,  the  third-party  company  holds  the  inventory  as  collateral,  and  both  parties  intend  for  the 
inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. The third-party charges a monthly fee as percentage of the 
market value of the outstanding obligation; such monthly charge is classified as interest expense. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as 
financing arrangements in accordance with ASC 470-40 Product Financing Arrangements, and are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as product financing 
arrangements.  The  obligation  is  stated  at  the  amount  required  to  repurchase  the  outstanding  inventory.  Both  the  product  financing  and  the  underlying  inventory  (which  is 
restricted) are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

The  Company  periodically  loans  metals  to  customers  on  a  short-term  consignment  basis.  Such  inventory  is  removed  at  the  time  the  customer  elects  to  price  and 

purchase the metals, and the Company records a corresponding sale and receivable.

The Company enters into financing arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals products that are subject to repurchase by the 
customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date. The Company or the counterparty may typically terminate any such arrangement with 14 days' notice. Upon 
termination the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is forfeited.

Business Combinations

The accounting for a business combination requires tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recorded at estimated fair value. We valued 
intangible assets at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date based upon assumptions related to the future cash flows and discount rates utilizing the then currently 
available information, and in some cases, valuation results from independent valuation specialists. The use of a discounted cash flow analysis requires significant judgment to 
estimate the future cash flows derived from the asset and the expected period of time over which those cash flows will occur and to determine an appropriate discount rate.

We make certain judgments and estimates when determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Those judgments and 
estimates  also  include  determining  the  lives  assigned  to  acquired  intangibles,  the  resulting  amortization  period,  what  indicators  will  trigger  an  impairment,  whether  those 
indicators are other than temporary, what economic or competitive factors affect valuation, valuation methodology, and key assumptions including discount rates and cash flow 
estimates.

55

 
Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets

We evaluate goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of potential 
impairment exist) in accordance with the Intangibles - Goodwill and Other Topic 350 of the ASC (“ASC 350”). Other finite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment 
when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. We may first qualitatively assess whether relevant 
events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, 
we determine that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, a quantitative impairment test is performed. This step requires us to determine the fair value of the business 
and compare the calculated fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If through this quantitative analysis the Company determines the fair 
value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the Company concludes that the fair value of the 
reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a goodwill impairment will be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.

The Company also performs impairment reviews on its indefinite-lived intangible assets (i.e., trade names and trademarks). In assessing its indefinite-lived intangible 
assets for impairment, the Company has the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether events or circumstances exist that lead to a determination that 
it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not 
that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company is not required to perform any additional tests in assessing the asset for 
impairment. However, if the Company concludes otherwise or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, then it is required to perform a quantitative analysis to determine 
if the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If through a quantitative analysis the Company determines the fair value of an indefinite-
lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying amount, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered not to be impaired. If the Company concludes that the fair value of an 
indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  value,  an  impairment  will  be  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  indefinite-lived 
intangible asset’s fair value.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its provision for income taxes in each of the 
tax jurisdictions in which it conducts business, in accordance with Income Taxes Topic 740 of the ASC ("ASC 740"). The Company computes its annual tax rate based on the 
statutory  tax  rates  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  to  it  in  the  various  jurisdictions  in  which  it  earns  income.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the 
Company's  annual  tax  rate  and  in  evaluating  uncertainty  in  its  tax  positions.  The  Company  has  adopted  the  provisions  of ASC  740-10,  which  clarifies  the  accounting  for 
uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 requires that the Company recognizes the impact of a tax position in the financial statements if the position is not more likely than not to be 
sustained  upon  examination  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  certain  uncertain  tax  positions  as  a 
component of income tax expense and the accrued interest and penalties are included in deferred and income taxes payable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See 
Note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for more information on the Company’s accounting for income taxes.

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach  that  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax 
consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the  differences 
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of 
a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is 
more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's 
forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income, and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. 
Failure  to  achieve  forecasted  taxable  income  in  applicable  tax  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  could  result  in  an  increase  in  the 
Company's effective tax rate on future earnings. Based on our assessment, it appears more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future 
taxable income.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For  a  description  of  accounting  changes  and  recent  accounting  standards,  including  the  expected  dates  of  adoption  and  estimated  effects,  if  any,  on  our  financial 

position or results of operations. See Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market conditions may adversely impact the value of assets or liabilities, or otherwise negatively impact earnings. The Company 

is exposed to market risk related to changes in commodity prices. 

56

 
The Company's precious metals inventory is subject to fluctuations in market value, resulting from changes in the underlying commodity prices. Inventory purchased or 
borrowed by the Company is subject to price changes. Open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed 
(the trade date) and the date the metal is received or delivered (the settlement date). 

To  manage  the  volatility  related  to  this  exposure,  the  Company  enters  into  precious  metals  commodity  forward  and  futures  contracts.  Our  policy  is  to  substantially 
hedge our inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk. We similarly seek to minimize the effect of price changes on our open 
sale and purchase commitments through hedging activity. Inventory borrowed is considered a natural hedge, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation 
to return the metal to the supplier.

We generally use futures contracts for our shorter-term hedge positions, and forward contracts, which may remain open for up to six months, for our longer-term hedge 
positions. We have access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing us to place hedges. We also maintain relationships with major market makers in every major precious 
metals  dealing  center.  We  enter  into  these  derivative  contracts  for  the  purpose  of  hedging  substantially  all  of  our  market  exposure  to  precious  metals  prices,  and  not  for 
speculative purposes. As a result of these hedging strategies, we do not believe we have a material exposure to market risk. 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  the  risk  of  failure  of  the  counterparties  to  its  derivative  contracts.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  creditworthiness  of  its  major 
counterparties and monitors its exposure to concentrations. The Company believes its risk of counterparty default is mitigated as a result of such evaluation and the short-term 
duration of these arrangements.

See Note 12 to the Company's consolidated financial statements, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions”.

 Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk represents exposures to changes in the values of current holdings and future cash flows denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The 
types  of  instruments  exposed  to  this  risk  include  foreign  currency  denominated  receivables  and  payables  and  future  cash  flows  in  foreign  currencies  arising  from  foreign 
exchange transactions. 

 To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its sale and purchase transactions, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts with 

maturities of generally less than one week. Because of these hedging policies, we do not believe our exposure to foreign exchange risk is material.

See Note 12 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions—Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Management.” 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our  exposure  to  market  risk  for  changes  in  interest  rates  relates  primarily  to  our  product  financing  arrangements  and  Trading  Credit  Facility.  We  are  subject  to 
fluctuations in interest rates based on the variable interest terms of these arrangements, and we do not utilize derivative contracts to hedge the interest rate fluctuation. See Note 
15 to the Company's consolidated financial statements, "Financing Agreements". 

We manage the interest rate risks related to our interest income generating activities by increasing our secured loan interest rates and finance product pricing in response 
to rising interest rates. While our weighted-average effective interest rates on these products increased during the year, the rate increases only partially mitigated the effect of 
higher interest rates related to our product financing arrangements and Trading Credit Facility. We do not believe our exposure to interest rate risk is material. 

57

 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereof

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Description of Business

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 3. Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value

Note 4. Receivables, Net

Note 5. Secured Loans Receivable

Note 6. Inventories

Note 7. Leases

Note 8. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Note 9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Note 10. Long-Term Investments

Note 11. Accounts Payable and Other Current Liabilities

Note 12. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Transactions

Note 13. Income Taxes

Note 14. Related Party Transactions

Note 15. Financing Agreements

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

Note 17. Stockholders' Equity

Note 18. Customer and Supplier Concentrations

Note 19. Segments and Geographic Information

Note 20. Subsequent Events

58

Page

59

61

63

64

65

66

66

67

78

81

81

83

84

85

85

86

87

87

90

92

93

95

96

100

100

103

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 
30, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2023, and the 
related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2023, in conformity with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  Company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated September 11, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion 

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  financial  statements 
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test 
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit 
committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex 
judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters. 

 /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Newport Beach, California
September 11, 2023 

59

 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 
2023, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2023, based on criteria established 
in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial 

statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 30, 2023, and our report dated September 11, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit. We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, 
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets 
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness 
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate.

 /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Newport Beach, California
September 11, 2023 

60

 
 
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(amounts in thousands, except for share data)

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

(1)

ASSETS
Current assets
Cash
Receivables, net
Derivative assets
Secured loans receivable
Precious metals held under financing arrangements
Inventories:
Inventories
Restricted inventories

(1)

(1)

(1)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

(1)

Total current assets

Operating lease right of use assets
Property, plant, and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Long-term investments
Other long-term assets

Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities

Lines of credit
Liabilities on borrowed metals
Product financing arrangements
Accounts payable and other payables
Deferred revenue and other advances
Derivative liabilities
(1)
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable
Notes payable
Total current liabilities

(1)

(2)

Notes payable 
Deferred tax liabilities
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: none as of June 30, 2023 or June 30, 2022  
Common stock, par value $0.01; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 23,672,122 and 23,379,888 shares issued and 23,336,387 and 
23,379,888 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively
Treasury stock, 335,735 and 0 shares at cost as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Total A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. stockholders’ equity

Noncontrolling interest

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities, noncontrolling interest and stockholders’ equity

$

$

$

$

39,318  
35,243  
77,881  
100,620  
25,530  

645,812  
335,831  
981,643  
6,956  
1,267,191  
5,119  
12,513  
100,943  
62,630  
88,535  
8,640  
1,545,571  

235,000  
21,642  
335,831  
25,465  
181,363  
8,076  
20,418  
958  
95,308  
924,061  
—  
16,677  
4,440  
945,178  

—  

237  
(9,762 )
169,034  
(1,025 )
440,639  
599,123  
1,270  
600,393  
1,545,571  

$

$

$

$

37,783  
97,040  
91,743  
126,217  
79,766  

458,347  
282,671  
741,018  
7,558  
1,181,125  
6,482  
9,845  
100,943  
67,965  
70,828  
5,471  
1,442,659  

215,000  
59,417  
282,671  
6,127  
175,545  
75,780  
21,813  
382  
—  
836,735  
94,073  
15,408  
5,972  
952,188  

—  

234  
—  
166,526  
—  
321,849  
488,609  
1,862  
490,471  
1,442,659  

(1)
(2)

Includes amounts of the consolidated variable interest entity, which are presented separately in the table below.
Notes payable as of June 30, 2022 includes amounts of the consolidated variable interest entity, which is presented separately in the table below.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

61

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(amounts in thousands)

In September 2018, AM Capital Funding, LLC (“AMCF”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collateral Finance Corporation (CFC”), completed an issuance of Secured 
Senior Term Notes, Series 2018-1, Class A in the aggregate principal amount of $72.0 million and Secured Subordinated Term Notes, Series 2018-1, Class B in the aggregate 
principal amount of $28.0 million (collectively, the "AMCF Notes"). The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.98% and the Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.98%. 
The AMCF Notes have a maturity date of December 15, 2023.

The Company consolidates a variable interest entity ("VIE") if the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary. AMCF is a VIE because its equity may be 
insufficient  to  maintain  its  ongoing  collateral  requirements  without  additional  financial  support  from  the  Company. The  securitization  is  primarily  secured  by  cash,  bullion 
loans, and precious metals, and the Company is required to continuously hedge the value of certain collateral and make future contributions as necessary. The Company is the 
primary beneficiary of this VIE because the Company has the right to determine the type of collateral (i.e., cash, secured loans, or precious metals) placed into the entity, has 
the  right  to  receive  (and  has  received)  the  proceeds  from  the  securitization  transaction,  earns  ongoing  interest  income  from  the  secured  loans  (subject  to  collateral 
requirements), and has the obligation to absorb losses should AMCF's interest expense and other costs exceed its interest income.

The following table presents the assets and liabilities of this VIE, which are included in the consolidated balance sheets above. The holders of the AMCF Notes have a 
first priority security interest in the assets as shown in the table below, which are in excess of the AMCF Notes' aggregate principal amount. Additionally, the liabilities of the 
VIE include intercompany balances, which are eliminated in consolidation. (See Note 15.)

ASSETS OF THE CONSOLIDATED VIE
Cash
Secured loans receivable
Precious metals held under financing arrangements
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets

Total assets of the consolidated variable interest entity

LIABILITIES OF THE CONSOLIDATED VIE
Deferred payment obligations
Accrued liabilities
Notes payable

(2)

(1)

Total liabilities of the consolidated variable interest entity

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$

$

$

$

1,915  
46,368  
14,950  
56,841  
7  
120,081  

30,083  
551  
99,762  
130,396  

  $

  $

  $

  $

3,264  
92,246  
13,524  
4,752  
23  
113,809  

21,081  
832  
99,073  
120,986  

(1)
(2)

This is an intercompany balance which is eliminated in consolidation and not shown on the consolidated balance sheets.
$5.0 million of the AMCF Notes are held by the Company which are eliminated in consolidation and not shown on the consolidated balance sheets.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

62

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest income
Interest expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net
Remeasurement gain on pre-existing equity interest
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange
Net income before provision for income taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to the Company
Basic and diluted net income per share attributable
   to A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except for share and per share data) 

$

$

$

$

2023

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

9,286,561  
8,991,892  
294,669  
(85,282 )
(12,525 )
22,231  
(31,528 )
12,576  
2,663  
—  
366  
203,170  
(46,401 )
156,769  
409  
156,360  

6.68  

6.34  

  $

  $

  $

  $

8,159,254  
7,897,489  
261,765  
(76,618 )
(27,300 )
21,800  
(21,992 )
6,907  
1,953  
—  
(98 )
166,417  
(33,338 )
133,079  
543  
132,536  

5.81  

5.45  

$

$

$

$

7,613,015  
7,402,817  
210,198  
(48,020 )
(10,789 )
18,474  
(19,865 )
15,547  
1,079  
26,306  
(129 )
192,801  
(31,877 )
160,924  
1,287  
159,637  

9.57  

8.90  

23,400,300  

24,648,600  

22,805,600  

24,329,500  

16,686,600  

17,944,600  

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands, except for share data)

Common Stock

    Amount

Additiona
l Paid-in     Retained
Earnings

    Capital

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensiv
e
income (loss)

Treasury Stock

Shares

    Amount    

Balance, June 30, 2020

Net income
Share-based compensation
Issuance of common stock sold in public 
offering, net of offering costs
Common stock issued for acquisition of 
JMB
Exercise of share-based awards
Net settlement of share-based awards
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest, net 
of deferred taxes
Dividends declared ($0.75 per common 
share)
Balance, June 30, 2021

Net income
Share-based compensation
Exercise of share-based awards
Net settlement of share-based awards
Common stock issued for increase in long-
term investments
Dividends declared ($1.00 per common 
share)
Dividends declared (2:1 stock split per 
common share)
Balance, June 30, 2022

Net income
Share-based compensation
Earnings distribution paid to noncontrolling 
interest
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of 
tax
Common stock issued as employee 
compensation
Exercise of share-based awards
Net settlement of share-based awards
Repurchases of common stock

Dividends declared ($1.00 per common 
share)
Dividends declared ($0.20 per common 
share)
Balance, June 30, 2023

Shares
14,063,00
0  
—  
—  

  5,750,000  

  2,094,014  
546,380  
5,920  

—  

—  
22,459,31
4  
—  
—  
329,598  
213,868  

377,108  

—  

—  
23,379,88
8  
—  
—  

—  

—  

10,500  
210,999  
70,735  

—  

—  

—  
23,672,12
2  

  $

71  
—  
—  

29  

10  
3  
—  

—  

—  

113  
—  
—  
2  
—  

3  

—  

116  

234  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
2  
1  

—  

—  

—  

  $

27,289  
—  
1,173  

75,315  

41,598  
3,520  
(38 )

1,563  

  $

  $

73,644  
159,637  
—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

(21,191 )

150,420  
—  
2,140  
2,321  

(35 )  

212,090  
132,536  
—  
—  
—  

11,680  

—  

—  

—  

166,526  
—  
2,176  

—  

—  

293  
1,882  
(1,855 )  

—  

3  

9  

(22,661 )

(116 )

321,849  
156,360  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

(23,468 )

(14,102 )

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

(1,025 )

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  
(335,73

5 )

—  

—  
(335,73

  $

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
—  

(9,762 )

—  

—  

Total A-Mark 
Precious 
Metals, Inc. 
Stockholders'
Equity

Non-
controllin
g
Interest

Total 
Stockholders
’
Equity

  $

  $

101,004  
159,637  
1,173  

3,890  
1,287  
—  

  $

104,894  
160,924  
1,173  

75,344  

41,608  
3,523  
(38 )

—  

—  
—  
—  

1,563  

(3,858 )

75,344  

41,608  
3,523  
(38 )

(2,295 )

(21,191 )

—  

(21,191 )

362,623  
132,536  
2,140  
2,323  

(35 )  

11,683  

(22,661 )

—  

488,609  
156,360  
2,176  

1,319  
543  
—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

1,862  
409  
—  

—  

(1,001 )

(1,025 )

293  
1,884  
(1,854 )  

(9,762 )

(23,465 )

(14,093 )

—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

363,942  
133,079  
2,140  
2,323  
(35 )

11,683  

(22,661 )

—  

490,471  
156,769  
2,176  

(1,001 )

(1,025 )

293  
1,884  
(1,854 )

(9,762 )

(23,465 )

(14,093 )

  $

237  

  $ 169,034  

  $

440,639  

  $

(1,025 )

5 )

  $ (9,762 )   $

599,123  

  $

1,270  

  $

600,393  

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

64

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(amounts in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of loan cost
Deferred income taxes
Share-based compensation
Remeasurement gain on pre-existing equity method investment
Earnings from equity method investments
Dividends and distributions received from equity method investees
Other

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Receivables, net
Secured loans receivable
Secured loans made to affiliates
Derivative assets
Precious metals held under financing arrangements
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable and other payables
Deferred revenue and other advances
Derivative liabilities
Liabilities on borrowed metals
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable

Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures for property, plant, and equipment
Purchase of long-term investments
Purchase of an option to acquire long-term investments
Purchase of intangible assets
Secured loans receivable, net
Acquisition of remaining noncontrolling equity interest in joint venture
Purchase of digital assets
Proceeds from the sale of digital assets
Redemption associated with acquisition of pre-existing equity method investment
Incremental acquisition of pre-existing equity method investment, net of cash

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Product financing arrangements, net
Dividends paid
Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest
Net borrowings and repayments under lines of credit
Repayments on notes payable to related party
Repurchases of common stock
Proceeds from issuance of related party note
Debt funding issuance costs
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Proceeds from the exercise of share-based awards
Payments for tax withholding related to net settlement of share-based awards

Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash
Cash, beginning of period
Cash, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Income taxes refunded

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Declared distributions and unpaid dividends
Property, plant, and equipment acquired on account
Interest added to principal of secured loans
Fair value of shares exchanged for increase in long-term investment
Addition of right of use assets under operating lease obligations

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

$

156,769  

  $

133,079  

$

160,924  

12,525  
2,113  
1,585  
2,176  
—  
(12,576 )
978  
(155 )

61,797  
1,012  
—  
13,862  
54,236  
(240,625 )
(3,336 )
19,338  
5,818  
(67,704 )
(37,775 )
(937 )
576  
(30,323 )

(4,783 )
(7,950 )
(340 )
(5,000 )
24,599  
—  
—  
313  
—  
—  
6,839  

53,160  
(37,468 )
(1,001 )
20,000  
(2,955 )
(9,762 )
3,500  
(485 )
—  
1,884  
(1,854 )
25,019  
1,535  
37,783  
39,318  

28,787  
44,337  
124  

90  
76  
14  
—  
—  

  $

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

27,300  
2,651  
(4,106 )
2,140  
—  
(6,907 )
1,678  
215  

(8,040 )
757  
3,042  
(47,207 )
74,976  
(282,999 )
(649 )
192  
(18,871 )
68,241  
(32,449 )
2,425  
(4,634 )
(89,166 )

(2,879 )
(34,950 )
(5,300 )
—  
(17,034 )
—  
(400 )
—  
—  
—  
(60,563 )

81,643  
(22,645 )
—  
30,000  
—  
—  
—  
(5,179 )
—  
2,323  
(35 )
86,107  
(63,622 )
101,405  
37,783  

20,576  
42,548  
122  

—  
—  
14  
11,683  
2,013  

$

  $
  $
$

$
  $
$
$
$

10,789  
2,162  
(2,034 )
1,173  
(26,306 )
(15,547 )
343  
(13 )

(20,880 )
1,932  
5,755  
7,447  
23,835  
(79,031 )
(7 )
(86,097 )
58,651  
(20,194 )
(76,340 )
5,686  
(4,902 )
(52,654 )

(2,113 )
(7,996 )
—  
—  
(56,932 )
(1,950 )
—  
—  
17,457  
(78,859 )
(130,393 )

126,350  
(21,191 )
—  
50,000  
—  
—  
—  
(1,861 )
75,344  
3,523  
(38 )
232,127  
49,080  
52,325  
101,405  

17,933  
42,426  
3,887  

—  
—  
13  
41,608  
—  

$

$
$
$

$
$
$
$
$

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  those  of A-Mark  Precious  Metals,  Inc.  ("A-Mark",  also  referred  to  as  "we",  "us",  and  the  "Company"),  its  wholly-

owned consolidated subsidiaries (including a wholly-owned variable interest entity), and its joint venture in which the Company has a controlling interest.

Business Segments

The Company conducts its operations in three reportable segments: (i) Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, (ii) Direct-to-Consumer, and (iii) Secured Lending. See 

Note 19 for further information regarding our reportable segments.

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services

The  Company  operates  its  Wholesale  Sales  &  Ancillary  Services  segment  directly  and  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  A-Mark  Trading  AG  (“AMTAG”), 
Transcontinental  Depository  Services,  LLC  ("TDS"  or  “Storage”), A-M  Global  Logistics,  LLC  (“AMGL”  or  "Logistics"),  and AM&ST Associates,  LLC  ("AMST"  or  the 
"Silver Towne Mint").

The Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment operates as a full-service precious metals company. We offer gold, silver, platinum, and palladium in the form of 
bars, plates, powder, wafers, grain, ingots, and coins. Our Industrial unit services manufacturers and fabricators of products utilizing or incorporating precious metals. Our Coin 
and Bar unit deals in over 1,800 coin and bar products in a variety of weights, shapes, and sizes for distribution to dealers and other qualified purchasers. We have a marketing 
support office in Vienna, Austria, and a trading center in El Segundo, California. The trading center, for buying and selling precious metals, is available to receive orders 24 
hours  every  day,  even  when  many  major  world  commodity  markets  are  closed.  In  addition  to  Wholesale  Sales  activity, A-Mark  offers  its  customers  a  variety  of  ancillary 
services, including financing, storage, consignment, logistics, and various customized financial programs. As a U.S. Mint-authorized purchaser of gold, silver, platinum, and 
palladium coins, A-Mark purchases product directly from the U.S. Mint, and it also purchases product from other sovereign mints, for sale to its customers.

Through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary AMTAG,  the  Company  promotes  its  products  and  services  to  the  international  market. Through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary 

TDS, we offer a variety of managed storage options for precious metals products to financial institutions, dealers, investors, and collectors around the world.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary AMGL is based in Las Vegas, Nevada, and provides our customers an array of complementary services, including receiving, 

handling, inventorying, processing, packing, and shipping of precious metals and custom coins on a secure basis.

Through its wholly-owned subsidiary AMST, the Company designs and produces minted silver products. Our Silver Towne Mint operations allow us to provide greater 
product selection to our customers as well as to gain increased access to silver during volatile market environments, which have historically created higher demand for precious 
metals products. 

The Company operates its Direct-to-Consumer segment through its wholly-owned subsidiaries JM Bullion, Inc. (“JMB”) and Goldline, Inc. (“Goldline”). As of June 
30, 2023, JMB has six wholly-owned subsidiaries: Buy Gold and Silver Corp. ("BGASC"), BX Corporation ("BullionMax"), Gold Price Group, Inc. (“GPG”), Silver.com, Inc. 
(“Silver.com”),  Provident  Metals  Corp.  (“PMC”),  and  CyberMetals  Corp.  ("CyberMetals").  Goldline,  Inc.  owns  100%  of AMIP,  LLC  ("AMIP"),  and  has  a  50%  ownership 
interest  in  Precious  Metals  Purchasing  Partners,  LLC  ("PMPP").  As  the  context  requires,  references  in  these  Notes  to  JMB  may  include  BGASC,  BullionMax,  GPG, 
Silver.com, PMC, and CyberMetals, and references to Goldline may include AMIP and PMPP.

Direct-to-Consumer 

JM Bullion, Inc.

JMB is a leading e-commerce retailer providing access to a broad array of gold, silver, copper, platinum, and palladium products through its websites. As of June 30, 
2023,  JMB  operated  eight  separately  branded,  company-owned  websites  targeting  specific  niches  within  the  precious  metals  retail  market,  including  JMBullion.com, 
ProvidentMetals.com, Silver.com, BGASC.com, CyberMetals.com, BullionMax.com, GoldPrice.org, and SilverPrice.org. Typically, JMB offers approximately 4,900 different 
products during a fiscal year, measured by stock keeping units or SKUs, on its websites. This number can vary over time, particularly when demand is high and certain SKUs 
may be out of stock. 

66

 
 
 
In April 2022, JMB commercially launched the CyberMetals online platform, where customers can purchase and sell fractional shares of digital gold, silver, platinum, 
and  palladium  bars  in  a  range  of  denominations.  CyberMetals’  customers  have  the  option  to  convert  their  digital  holdings  to  fabricated  precious  metals  products  via  an 
integrated redemption flow with JMB. These products may be designated for storage by the Company or shipped directly to the customer. 

Goldline, Inc.

The Company acquired Goldline in August 2017 through an asset purchase transaction with Goldline, LLC, which had been in operation since 1960. Goldline is a direct 
retailer  of  precious  metals  to  the  investor  community,  and  markets  its  precious  metal  products  on  television,  radio,  and  the  internet,  as  well  as  through  customer  service 
outreach. Goldline’s subsidiary AMIP manages its intellectual property. PMPP was formed in fiscal 2019 pursuant to terms of a joint venture agreement, for the purpose of 
purchasing precious metals from the partners' retail customers, and then reselling the acquired products back to affiliates of the partners. PMPP commenced its operations in 
fiscal 2020.

Secured Lending

The  Company  operates  its  Secured  Lending  segment  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Collateral  Finance  Corporation,  LLC,  including  its  two  wholly-owned 

subsidiaries AM Capital Funding, LLC (“AMCF”) and CFC Alternative Investments (“CAI”), (collectively “CFC”).

CFC is a California licensed finance lender that originates and acquires commercial loans secured primarily by bullion and numismatic coins. CFC's customers include 

coin and precious metal dealers, investors, and collectors.

AMCF, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CFC, was formed for the purpose of securitizing eligible secured loans of CFC. AMCF issued and administers the AMCF Notes. 

(See Note 15.)

CAI  is  a  holding  company  that  has  a  50%-ownership  stake  in  Collectible  Card  Partners,  LLC  ("CCP").  CCP  provides  capital  to  fund  commercial  loans  secured  by 

graded sports cards and sports memorabilia.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the financial condition, results of operations, statements of stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company, and were 
prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company consolidates its subsidiaries that are wholly-owned, and majority 
owned,  and  entities  that  are  variable  interest  entities  where  the  Company  is  determined  to  be  the  primary  beneficiary.  In  addition  to  A-Mark,  our  consolidated  financial 
statements include the accounts of: AMTAG, TDS, AMGL, AMST, JMB, Goldline, and CFC. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Comprehensive Income

Our other comprehensive income and losses are comprised of unrealized gains and losses associated with the translation of foreign-based equity method investments 

which are shown in our consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and 
expenses  during  the  reporting  periods.  These  estimates  include,  among  others,  determination  of  fair  value  (primarily,  with  respect  to  precious  metal  inventory,  derivatives, 
certain financial instruments, and certain investments), impairment assessments of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, valuation allowance determination on 
deferred tax assets, determining the incremental borrowing rate for calculating right of use assets and lease liabilities, and revenue recognition judgments. Actual results could 
materially differ from these estimates.

Stock Split in the Form of a Dividend 

On April 28, 2022, the Company’s board of directors declared a two-for-one split of A-Mark’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend. Each stockholder of 
record at the close of business on May 23, 2022 received a dividend of one additional share of common stock for every share held on the record date, which was distributed on 
June  6,  2022. All  share  and  per  share  amounts  (except  par  value)  have  been  retroactively  adjusted  to  reflect  the  stock  split  in  the  form  of  a  stock  dividend  for  all  periods 
presented.

Dividends are recorded if and when they are declared by the board of directors (see Note 17).

67

 
Fair Value Measurement

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic 820 of the ASC ("ASC 820") creates a single definition of fair value for financial reporting. The rules associated 
with ASC 820 state that valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach, and/or cost approach should be used to estimate fair value. Selection of a 
valuation technique, or multiple valuation techniques, depends on the nature of the asset or liability being valued, as well as the availability of data. (See Note 3.)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Cash is maintained at financial institutions, and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these 

balances.

Assets that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of receivables, loans of inventory to customers, and inventory hedging 
transactions.  Based  on  an  assessment  of  credit  risk,  the  Company  typically  grants  collateralized  credit  to  its  customers.  Credit  risk  with  respect  to  loans  of  inventory  to 
customers is minimal. The Company enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges 
or  forward  contracts  with  credit  worthy  financial  institutions. All  of  our  commodity  derivative  contracts  are  under  master  netting  arrangements  and  include  both  asset  and 
liability positions. Substantially all of these transactions are secured by the underlying metals positions.

Foreign Currency

The  functional  currency  of  the  Company  is  the  United  States  dollar  ("USD"). All  transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  recorded  in  US  dollars  at  the  then-current 
exchange  rate(s).  Upon  settlement  of  the  underlying  transaction,  all  amounts  are  remeasured  to  US  dollars  at  the  current  exchange  rate  on  date  of  settlement. All  unsettled 
foreign currency transactions that remain in accounts receivable and trade account payables are remeasured to US dollars at the period end exchange rates. All remeasurement 
gains and losses are recorded in the current period net income. 

 The Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiary, AMTAG, also generates remeasurement gains and losses. AMTAG functions as the Company’s international sales 

and marketing support and has a functional currency of USD, but maintains its books of record in the European Union Euro. 

For the Company’s foreign-based equity method investments, the proportionate share of the investee’s income is translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange 
rate for the period and the investment is translated using the exchange rate as of the end of the reporting period. The unrealized gains and losses associated with the translation 
of the investment are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. 

To manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations, the Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts. These derivatives generate gains and losses 

when settled and/or marked-to-market.

Business Combination

The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method in accordance with Business Combinations Topic 805 of the ASC (“ASC 805”). 
The Company evaluates each purchase transaction to determine whether the acquired assets meet the definition of a business. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of a 
business  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  excluded  from  the  fair  value  of  consideration  transferred.  The  identifiable  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  noncontrolling 
interests, if any, in an acquired entity are recognized and measured at their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of consideration transferred over the fair values of 
identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests, if any, in an acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make 
significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and liabilities. Net cash paid to acquire a business is classified as investing activities on the 
accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Variable Interest Entity

A variable interest entity ("VIE") is a legal entity that has either (i) a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated 
financial support or (ii) whose equity investors as a group lack the ability to control the entity’s activities or lack the ability to receive expected benefits or absorb obligations in 
a manner that is consistent with their investment in the entity.

68

 
A VIE  is  consolidated  for  accounting  purposes  by  its  primary  beneficiary,  which  is  the  party  that  has  both  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  that  most  significantly 
impact the VIE's economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The 
Company consolidates VIEs when it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Management regularly reviews and re-evaluates its previous determinations regarding whether it 
holds  a  variable  interest  in  potential  VIEs,  the  status  of  an  entity  as  a  VIE,  and  whether  the  Company  is  required  to  consolidate  such  VIEs  in  its  consolidated  financial 
statements.

AMCF,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  CFC,  is  a  special  purpose  entity  ("SPE")  formed  as  part  of  a  securitization  transaction  in  order  to  isolate  certain  assets  and 
distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. AMCF was structured to insulate investors from claims on AMCF’s assets by creditors of other entities. The Company 
has various forms of ongoing involvement with AMCF, which may include (i) holding senior or subordinated interests in AMCF; (ii) acting as loan servicer for a portfolio of 
loans held by AMCF; and (iii) providing administrative services to AMCF. AMCF is required to maintain separate books and records. The assets and liabilities of this VIE, as 
of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, are indicated on the table that follows the consolidated balance sheets.

AMCF is considered a VIE because its initial equity investment may be insufficient to maintain its ongoing collateral requirements without additional financial support 
from  the  Company.  The  securitization  is  primarily  secured  by  bullion  loans  and  precious  metals,  and  the  Company  is  required  to  continuously  hedge  the  value  of  certain 
collateral and make future contributions as necessary. The Company is the primary beneficiary of this VIE because the Company has the right to determine the type of collateral 
(i.e., cash, secured loans, or precious metals), has the right to receive (and has received) the proceeds from the securitization transaction, earns ongoing interest income from the 
secured loans (subject to collateral requirements), and has the obligation to absorb losses should AMCF's interest expense and other costs exceed its interest income. (See Note 
15.)

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company did not 

have any cash equivalents as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022.

Allowance for Credit Losses 

On July 1, 2022, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses Topic 326: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 
("ASC 326"), which introduces a new credit reserving methodology known as the Current Expected Credit Loss ("CECL") model. The CECL model applies to financial assets 
measured  at  amortized  cost,  including  accounts  receivable,  contract  assets  and  held-to-maturity  loan  receivables.  Under  the  CECL  model,  we  identify  allowances  for  credit 
losses based on future expected losses when accounts receivable, contract assets or held-to-maturity loan receivables are created rather than when losses are probable. 

 The Company sets credit and position risk limits based on management's judgements of the customer's creditworthiness and regularly monitors its credit arrangements. 
These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions with the Company. They also include collateral limits for different types 
of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

ASC 326 provides a practical expedient for assets secured by collateral when repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the sale of the collateral in the 
event of the borrower's financial difficulty. In these arrangements, a reporting entity may estimate the expected credit losses by comparing the fair value of the collateral as of 
the balance sheet date to the asset’s amortized cost basis. In situations when the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the amortized cost, a reporting entity may 
determine that there are no expected credit losses. The Company applies the practical expedient based on collateral maintenance provisions in estimating an allowance for credit 
losses for its secured loan receivables activity. The Company has not historically experienced credit losses related to its lending activity, and since it does not expect any future 
losses, no allowance has been recorded for this asset class. We expect trends and business practices to continue in a manner consistent with historical activity.

The  Company  has  not  historically  experienced  credit  losses  related  to  its  other  receivables  activity;  including  (i)  customer  trade  receivables,  (ii)  wholesale  trade 

advances, and (iii) due from brokers, and, accordingly, no allowance has been recorded for these asset classes.

Precious Metals held under Financing Arrangements

The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals from the customers which are subject to repurchase by 
the customer at the spot value of the product on the repurchase date. The precious metals purchased under these arrangements consist of rare and unique items, and therefore the 
Company accounts for these transactions as precious metals held under financing arrangements, which generate financing income rather than revenue earned from precious 
metals inventory sales. In these repurchase arrangements, the Company holds legal title to the metals and earns financing income for the duration of the agreement.

69

 
These arrangements are typically terminable by either party upon 14 days' notice. Upon termination, the customer’s right to repurchase any remaining precious metal is 
forfeited, and the related precious metals are reclassified as inventory held for sale. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, precious metals held under financing arrangements 
totaled $25.5 million and $79.8 million respectively.

The Company’s precious metals held under financing arrangements are marked-to-market.

Inventories

The Company's inventory, which consists primarily of bullion and bullion coins, is acquired and initially recorded at cost and then marked to fair market value. The fair 
market value of the bullion and bullion coins comprises two components: (i) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and (ii) the premium 
paid at acquisition of the metal, which is attributable to the incremental value of the product in its finished goods form. The market value attributable solely to such premium is 
readily determinable by reference to multiple sources.

The Company’s inventory, except for certain lower of cost or net realizable value basis products (as discussed below), are subsequently recorded at their fair market 
values, that is, "marked-to-market." The daily changes in the fair market value of our inventory are offset by daily changes in the fair market value of hedging derivatives that 
are  taken  with  respect  to  our  inventory  positions;  both  the  change  in  the  fair  market  value  of  the  inventory  and  the  change  in  the  fair  market  value  of  these  derivative 
instruments are recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income.

While the premium component included in inventory is marked-to-market, our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower 
of cost or net realizable value, because the value of commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the 
precious metal content of the commemorative coins. Unlike our bullion coins, the value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins 
because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium over the spot metal price than bullion coins. Neither the commemorative coin inventory nor 
the premium component of our inventory is hedged. (See Note 6.)

Leased Right of Use Assets

We lease warehouse space, office facilities, and equipment. Our operating leases with terms longer than twelve months are recorded at the sum of the present value of 
the  lease's  fixed  minimum  payments  as  operating  lease  right  of  use  assets  ("ROU  assets")  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Lease  terms  include  all  periods 
covered  by  renewal  and  termination  options  where  the  Company  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  the  renewal  options  or  not  to  exercise  the  termination  options.  Our  lease 
agreements do not contain any significant residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Our finance leases are another type of ROU asset, but are classified in the 
Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a component of property, plant, and equipment at the present value of the lease payments. Finance leases were not material during 
any period presented. 

The ROU asset amounts include any initial direct costs incurred and lease payments made at or before the commencement date and are reduced by lease incentives. We 
use our incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate to determine the present value of the lease payments for leases, as our leases do not have readily determinable implicit 
discount  rates.  Our  incremental  borrowing  rate  is  the  rate  of  interest  that  we  would  incur  to  borrow  on  a  collateralized  basis  over  a  similar  term  and  amount  in  a  similar 
economic environment.

Operating lease cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The depreciable life of ROU assets is limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a 

transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain of exercise. (See Note 7.) 

For a lease modification, an evaluation is performed to determine if it should be treated as either a separate lease or a change in the accounting of an existing lease. Any 

amounts related to a modified lease are reflected as an operating lease ROU asset or related operating lease liability in our consolidated balance sheet.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property,  plant,  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and  amortization  are  calculated  using  a  straight-line 
method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, ranging from three years to twenty-five years. Depreciation and amortization commence when the related assets 
are  placed  into  service.  Internal-use  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  during  the  application  development  stage.  Internal-use  software  costs  incurred  during  the 
preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Land is recorded at historical cost and is not depreciated. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We have 
no major planned maintenance activities related to our plant assets associated with our minting operations.

70

 
The Company reviews the carrying value of these assets for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be 
recoverable. In evaluating for impairment, the carrying value of each asset or group of assets is compared to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result 
from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss is recognized for the difference when the carrying value exceeds the discounted estimated future cash flows. The 
factors considered by the Company in performing this assessment include current and projected operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which these assets are 
used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand and competition, as well as other economic factors.

Finite-lived Intangible Assets

Finite-lived  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  customer  relationships,  non-compete  agreements,  and  employment  contracts.  Existing  customer  relationships 
intangible assets are amortized in a manner reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are consumed. All other intangible assets subject to amortization 
are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  their  useful  lives,  which  are  estimated  to  be  one  year  to  fifteen  years.  We  review  our  finite-lived  intangible  assets  for 
impairment under the same policy described above for property, plant, and equipment; that is, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill  is  recorded  when  the  purchase  price  paid  for  an  acquisition  exceeds  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  net  identified  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired. 
Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangibles  (such  as  trade  names  and  trademarks)  are  not  subject  to  amortization,  but  are  evaluated  for  impairment  at  least  annually. 
However, for tax purposes, goodwill acquired in connection with a taxable asset acquisition is generally deductible.

The Company evaluates its goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year (or more frequently if indicators of 
potential impairment exist) in accordance with ASC 350. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at a reporting unit level, which for the Company, corresponds to the Company’s 
operating segments.

Evaluation of goodwill for impairment

The Company has the option to first qualitatively assess whether relevant events and circumstances make it more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting 
unit's  goodwill  is  less  than  its  carrying  value. A  qualitative  assessment  includes  analyzing  current  economic  indicators  associated  with  a  particular  reporting  unit  such  as 
changes  in  economic,  market  and  industry  conditions,  business  strategy,  cost  factors,  and  financial  performance,  among  others,  to  determine  if  there  would  be  a  significant 
decline  to  the  fair  value  of  a  particular  reporting  unit.  If  the  qualitative  assessment  indicates  it  is  not  more  likely  than  not  that  goodwill  is  impaired,  no  further  testing  is 
required.

If, based on this qualitative assessment, management concludes that goodwill is more likely than not to be impaired, or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, 
then it is required to perform a quantitative analysis to determine the fair value of the business, and compare the calculated fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. If through this quantitative analysis the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of the 
reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the Company concludes that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a goodwill impairment loss will 
be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. (See Note 9.)

Evaluation of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment

The  Company  evaluates  its  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  (i.e.,  trade  names  and  trademarks)  for  impairment.  In  assessing  its  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for 
impairment,  the  Company  has  the  option  to  first  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  to  determine  whether  events  or  circumstances  exist  that  lead  to  a  determination  that  it  is 
unlikely  that  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  If  the  Company  determines  that  it  is  unlikely  that  the  fair  value  of  an 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company is not required to perform any additional tests in assessing the asset for impairment. However, if 
the Company concludes otherwise or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, then it is required to perform a quantitative analysis to determine if the fair value of an 
indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If through this quantitative analysis the Company determines the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset 
exceeds its carrying amount, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered not to be impaired. If the Company concludes that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible 
asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  value,  an  impairment  loss  will  be  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset’s  fair 
value.

The methods used to estimate the fair value measurements of the Company’s reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets include those based on the income 
approach  (including  the  discounted  cash  flow  and  relief-from-royalty  methods)  and  those  based  on  the  market  approach  (primarily  the  guideline  transaction  and  guideline 
public company methods). (See Note 9.)

71

 
Long-Term Investments 

Investments  in  privately-held  entities  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  when  the  Company  has  significant  influence,  but  not  control  over  the  investee. 
Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company’s ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee ranges between 20% and 50%, although other factors 
are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Under the equity method, the carrying values of these investments are adjusted to reflect 
our proportionate share of the investee's net income or loss, any unrealized gain or loss resulting from the translation of foreign-denominated financial statements into U.S. 
dollars, and dividends received. We use the cumulative earnings approach for classifying dividends received in the statements of cash flows. Under the cumulative earnings 
approach,  we  compare  the  distributions  received  to  cumulative  equity  method  earnings  since  inception. Any  distributions  received  up  to  the  amount  of  cumulative  equity 
earnings  are  considered  a  return  on  investment  and  classified  in  operating  activities. Any  excess  distributions  are  considered  a  return  of  capital  and  classified  in  investing 
activities. The basis difference between the carrying value and our proportionate share of the equity method investment's book value is primarily related to consideration paid in 
excess of the stepped-up basis of assets and liabilities on the date of purchase.

Investments in privately-held entities for which the Company has little or no influence over the investee are initially recorded at cost. Because the investments do not 
have a readily determinable fair value, the Company has elected to measure the investments at cost minus impairments, if any, with changes recognized in net income. If the 
Company identifies observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or a similar investment, the Company’s investment will be measured at fair value as of the 
date the observable transaction occurs.

We evaluate our long-term investments for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a decline in the fair value of these assets 
is  determined  to  be  other-than-temporary. Additionally,  the  Company  performs  an  ongoing  evaluation  of  the  investments  with  which  the  Company  has  variable  interests  to 
determine if any of these entities are VIEs that are required to be consolidated. None of the Company’s long-term investments were VIEs as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 
2022.

Other Long-Term Assets

Digital Assets

The Company has purchased certain digital assets (crypto currencies) that are held for investment purposes. The Company accounts for digital assets in accordance with 
Intangibles  -  Goodwill  and  Other  Topic  350  of  the ASC  ("ASC  350").  Digital  assets  are  shown  in  the  other  long-term  assets  line-item  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
Digital assets are a type of intangible asset with indefinite useful lives, which are recorded at cost less impairment. Accordingly, if the fair market value at any point during the 
reporting period is lower than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded. If the fair market value at any point during the reporting period is higher than the carrying 
value, the basis of the digital assets will not be adjusted to account for this increase. Gains on digital assets, if any, are recognized upon sale or disposal of the digital assets. 
Write downs and gains are shown in the consolidated statement of income, as component of the line-item other income, net. 

Option to Acquire Additional Interest in a Long-Term Investment

On June 27, 2022, the Company acquired an additional 40% interest in Silver Gold Bull, Inc. (See Note 10.) Also included in this acquisition was an option, which is 
exercisable  between  December  2023  and  September  2024,  to  purchase  an  additional  27.6%  of  the  outstanding  equity  of  Silver  Gold  Bull,  Inc.  to  bring  the  Company's 
ownership interest up to 75.0%. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the fair value of the option was $5.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

For the Company’s foreign-based equity method investments, the proportionate share of the investee’s income is translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange 
rate for the period and the investment is translated using the exchange rate as of the end of the reporting period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses associated with 
this activity are deferred and included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Treasury Stock

The  Company  periodically  purchases  its  own  common  stock  that  is  traded  on  public  markets  as  part  of  announced  stock  repurchase  programs.  The  repurchased 
common stock is classified as treasury stock on the consolidated balance sheets and held at cost. The direct costs incurred to acquire treasury stock are treated like stock issue 
costs and added to the cost of the treasury stock, which includes applicable fees and taxes. There have been no reissuances of treasury stock.

72

 
 
Noncontrolling Interest 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interest is the portion of 
equity (net assets) in an entity in which the Company has a controlling financial interest that is not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Such noncontrolling 
interest is reported on the consolidated balance sheets within equity, separately from the Company’s equity. On the consolidated statements of income, revenues, expenses and 
net income or loss from the less-than-wholly-owned subsidiary are reported at their consolidated amounts, including both the amounts attributable to the Company and the 
noncontrolling  interest.  Income  or  loss  is  allocated  to  the  noncontrolling  interest  based  on  its  weighted  average  ownership  percentage  for  the  applicable  period.  The 
consolidated statements of equity include beginning balances, activity for the period and ending balances for each component of stockholders’ equity, noncontrolling interest 
and total equity.

The table below presents the reconciliation of changes in noncontrolling interests (in thousands): 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

Balance as of June 30, 2021

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

Balance as of June 30, 2022

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest

Balance as of June 30, 2023

$

$

$

$

3,890  
1,287  
(3,858 )
1,319  
543  
1,862  
409  
(1,001 )
1,270  

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1)
(2)

On April 1, 2021, the Company acquired the remaining 31% interest in the AMST joint venture, which increased the Company's ownership to 100%.
The remaining balance represents the 50% noncontrolling interests associated with the PMPP joint venture.

Revenue Recognition

Settlement Date Accounting

Substantially all of the Company’s sales of precious metals are conducted using sales contracts that meet the definition of derivative instruments in accordance with 
Derivatives and Hedging Topic 815 of the ASC ("ASC 815"). The contract underlying A-Mark’s commitment to deliver precious metals is referred to as a “fixed-price forward 
commodity contract” because the price of the commodity is fixed at the time the order is placed. Revenue is recognized on the settlement date, which is defined as the date on 
which: (i) the quantity, price, and specific items being purchased have been established, (ii) metals have been delivered to the customer, and (iii) payment has been received or 
is covered by the customer’s established credit limit with the Company.

All derivative instruments are marked-to-market during the interval between the order date and the settlement date, with the changes in the fair value charged to cost of 

sales. The Company’s hedging strategy to mitigate the market risk associated with its sales commitments is described separately below under the caption “Hedging Activities.”

Types of Orders that are Physically Delivered

The  Company’s  contracts  to  sell  precious  metals  to  customers  are  usually  settled  with  the  physical  delivery  of  metals  to  the  customer,  although  net  settlement  (i.e., 
settlement at an amount equal to the difference between the contract value and the market price of the metal on the settlement date) is permitted. Below is a summary of the 
Company’s major order types and the key factors that determine when settlement occurs and when revenue is recognized for each type:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Traditional  physical  orders  —  The  quantity,  specific  product,  and  price  are  determined  on  the  order  date.  Payment  or  sufficient  credit  is  verified  prior  to 
delivery of the metals on the settlement date.

Consignment  orders  —  The  Company  delivers  the  items  requested  by  the  customer  prior  to  establishing  a  firm  order  with  a  price.  Settlement  occurs  and 
revenue is recognized once the customer confirms its order (quantity, specific product, and price) and remits full payment for the sale.

Provisional orders — The quantity and type of metal is established at the order date, but the price is not set. The customer commits to purchasing the metals 
within a specified time period, usually within one year, at the then-current market price. The Company delivers the metal to the customer after receiving the 
customer’s deposit, which is typically based on 110% of the prevailing current spot price. The unpriced metal is subject to a margin call if the deposit falls 
below 105% of the value of the unpriced metal. The purchase price is established, and revenue is recognized at the time the customer notifies the Company that 
it desires to purchase the metal.

Margin orders — The quantity, specific product, and price are determined at the order date; however, the customer is allowed to finance the transaction through 
the Company and to defer delivery by committing to remit a partial payment (approximately 20%) of the total order price. With the remittance of the partial 
payment,  the  customer  locks  in  the  purchase  price  for  a  specified  time  period  (usually  up  to  two  years  from  the  order  date).  Revenue  on  margin  orders  is 
recognized when the order is paid in full and delivered to the customer.

73

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

Borrowed  precious  metals  orders  for  unallocated  positions  —  Customers  may  purchase  unallocated  metal  positions  in  the  Company's  inventory,  which 
includes precious metals held for CyberMetals' customers. The quantity and type of metal is established at the order date, but the specific product is not yet 
determined. Revenue is not recognized until the customer selects the specific precious metal product it wishes to purchase, full payment is received, and the 
product is delivered to the customer.

In general, unshipped orders for which a customer advance has been received by the Company are classified as advances from customers. Orders that have been paid 
for and shipped, but not yet delivered to the customer are classified as deferred revenue. Both customer advances and deferred revenue are shown, in the aggregate, as deferred 
revenue and other advances in the consolidated financial statements. (See Note 11.)

Hedging Activities

The value of our inventory and our purchase and sale commitments are linked to the prevailing price of the underlying precious metal commodity. The Company seeks 
to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity and enters into inventory hedging transactions, principally utilizing metals commodity forward contracts 
with credit worthy financial institutions or futures contracts traded on national futures exchanges. The Company hedges by each commodity type (gold, silver, platinum, and 
palladium). All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions.

Commodity forward and futures contracts entered into for hedging purposes are recorded at fair value on the trade date and are marked-to-market each period. The 
difference between the original contract values and the market values of these contracts are reflected as derivative assets or derivative liabilities in the consolidated balance 
sheets at fair value, with the corresponding unrealized gains or losses included as a component of cost of sales. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized gains and 
losses  are  reversed  and  the  realized  gains  and  losses  for  forward  contracts  are  recorded  in  revenue  and  cost  of  sales,  and  the  net  realized  gains  and  losses  for  futures  are 
recorded in cost of sales.

The Company enters into forward and futures contracts solely for the purpose of hedging our inventory holding risk and our liability on price protection programs, and 
not for speculative market purposes. The Company’s gains and losses on derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying 
precious metals inventory, which is also recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income. (See Note 12.)

Other Sources of Revenue 

The Company recognizes its storage, logistics, licensing, and other services revenues in accordance with the FASB's release ASU 2014-09 Revenue From Contracts 
With Customers Topic 606 of the ASC and subsequent related amendments ("ASC 606"), which follows five basic steps to determine whether revenue can be recognized: (i) 
identify  the  contract  with  a  customer;  (ii)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract;  (iii)  determine  the  transaction  price;  (iv)  allocate  the  transaction  price  to  the 
performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) it satisfies its obligation by transferring control of the good or service to the customer. This is either satisfied over time 
or at a point in time. A performance obligation is satisfied over time if one of the following criteria are met: (i) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits 
as the Company performs, (ii) the Company's performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced, or (iii) the Company's 
performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Company, and the Company has an enforceable right for payment of performance completed-to-date. When 
none of those is met, a performance obligation is satisfied at a point-in-time.

The Company recognizes storage revenue as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the storage services (e.g., fixed storage fees based on the passage of 
time). The Company recognizes logistics (i.e., fulfillment) revenue when the customer receives the benefit of the services. The Company recognizes advertising and consulting 
revenues when the service is performed, and the benefit of the service is received by the customer. In aggregate, these types of service revenues account for less than 1% of the 
Company's consolidated revenues.

Interest Income

In accordance with Interest Topic 835 of the ASC ("ASC 835"), the following are interest income generating activities of the Company:

• 

Secured Loans — The Company uses the effective interest method to recognize interest income on its secured loans transactions. The Company maintains a 
security interest in the precious metals and records interest income over the terms of the secured loan receivable. Recognition of interest income is suspended, 
and the loan is placed on non-accrual status when management determines that collection of future interest income is not probable. The interest income accrual 
is resumed, and previously suspended interest income is recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are resolved. Cash 
receipts on impaired loans are recorded first against the principal and then to any unrecognized interest income. (See Note 5.)

74

 
• 

• 

• 

Margin accounts — The Company earns a fee (interest income) under financing arrangements related to margin orders over the period during which customers 
have opted to defer making full payment on the purchase of metals.

Repurchase agreements — Repurchase agreements represent a form of secured financing whereby the Company sets aside specific metals for a customer and 
charges a fee on the outstanding value of these metals. The customer is granted the option (but not the obligation) to repurchase these metals at any time during 
the open reacquisition period. This fee is earned over the duration of the open reacquisition period and is classified as interest income.

Spot  deferred  orders  —  Spot  deferred  orders  are  a  special  type  of  forward  delivery  order  that  enable  customers  to  purchase  or  sell  certain  precious  metals 
from/to the Company at an agreed upon price but, are allowed to delay remitting or taking delivery up to a maximum of two years from the date of order. Even 
though the contract allows for physical delivery, it rarely occurs for this type of order. As a result, revenue is not recorded from these transactions. Spot deferred 
orders are considered a type of financing transaction, where the Company earns a fee (interest income) under spot deferred arrangements over the period in 
which the order is open.

Interest Expense

The Company accounts for interest expense on the following arrangements in accordance with ASC 835:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Borrowings — The Company incurs interest expense from its lines of credit, its debt obligations, and notes payable using the effective interest method. (See 
Note 15.) Additionally, the Company amortizes capitalized loan costs to interest expense over the period of the loan agreement.

Loan servicing fees — When the Company purchases loan portfolios, the Company may have the seller service the loans that were purchased. The Company 
incurs a fee based on total interest charged to borrowers over the period the loans are outstanding. The servicing fee incurred by the Company is charged to 
interest expense.

Product financing arrangements — The Company incurs financing fees (classified as interest expense) from its product financing arrangements (also referred 
to as reverse-repurchase arrangements) with third-party finance companies for the transfer and subsequent option to reacquire its precious metal inventory at a 
later date. These arrangements are accounted for as secured borrowings. During the term of this type of agreement, the third-party charges a monthly fee as a 
percentage  of  the  market  value  of  the  designated  inventory,  which  the  Company  intends  to  reacquire  in  the  future.  No  revenue  is  generated  from  these 
arrangements. The Company enters this type of transaction for additional liquidity.

Borrowed and leased metals fees — The Company may incur financing costs from its borrowed metal arrangements. The Company borrows precious metals 
(usually in the form of pool metals) from its suppliers and customers under short-term arrangements using other precious metals as collateral. Typically, during 
the term of these arrangements, the third-party charges a monthly fee as a percentage of the market value of the metals borrowed (determined at the spot price) 
plus certain processing and other fees.

Leased metal transactions are a similar type of transaction, except the Company is not required to pledge other precious metal as collateral for the precious 
metal received. The fees charged by the third-party are based on the spot value of the pool metal received.

Both  borrowed  and  leased  metal  transactions  provide  an  additional  source  of  liquidity,  as  the  Company  usually  monetizes  the  metals  received  under  such 
arrangements. Repayment is usually in the same form as the metals advanced, but may be settled in cash.

75

 
Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the AMCF Notes have been included as a component of the carrying amount of the debt, and Trading 
Credit Facility debt issuance costs are included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Debt issuance costs are amortized to interest 
expense over the contractual term of the debt. Debt issuance costs of the Trading Credit Facility are amortized on a straight-line basis, while all other debt issuance costs are 
amortized using the effective interest method. Amortization of debt issuance costs included in interest expense was $2.1 million, $2.7 million, and $2.2 million for the years 
ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Earnings from Equity Method Investments 

The  Company's  proportional  interest  in  the  reported  earnings  from  equity  method  investments  is  shown  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  as  earnings  from 

equity method investments.

Other Income, Net

The Company's other income, net is comprised of royalty and consulting income, which is recognized when earned. 

Advertising

Advertising and marketing costs consist primarily of internet advertising, online marketing, direct mail, print media, and television commercials and are expensed when 
incurred. Advertising costs totaled $15.9 million, $12.2 million, and $5.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Costs associated with the 
marketing and promotion of the Company's products are included within selling, general, and administrative expenses. Advertising costs associated with the operation of our 
SilverPrice.org and GoldPrice.org websites, which provide price information on silver, gold, and cryptocurrencies, are not included within selling, general, and administrative 
expenses, but are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs represent costs associated with shipping product to customers and receiving product from vendors and are included in cost of sales in the 
consolidated statements of income. Shipping and handling costs totaled $28.4 million, $25.6 million, and $17.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, 
respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

The  Company  accounts  for  equity  awards  under  the  provisions  of  Compensation  -  Stock  Compensation Topic  718  of  the ASC  ("ASC  718"),  which  establishes  fair 
value-based accounting requirements for share-based compensation to employees. ASC 718 requires the Company to recognize the grant-date fair value of stock options and 
other equity-based compensation issued to employees as expense over the service period in the Company's consolidated financial statements. The expense is adjusted for actual 
forfeitures of unvested awards as they occur. (See Note 17.)

Income Taxes

As  part  of  the  process  of  preparing  its  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  is  required  to  estimate  its  provision  for  income  taxes  in  each  of  the  tax 
jurisdictions  in  which  it  conducts  business,  in  accordance  with  Income  Taxes Topic  740  of  the ASC  ("ASC  740"). The  Company  computes  its  annual  tax  rate  based  on  the 
statutory  tax  rates  and  tax  planning  opportunities  available  to  it  in  the  various  jurisdictions  in  which  it  earns  income.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the 
Company's  annual  tax  rate  and  in  evaluating  uncertainty  in  its  tax  positions.  The  Company  has  adopted  the  provisions  of ASC  740-10,  which  clarifies  the  accounting  for 
uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 requires that the Company recognizes the impact of a tax position in the financial statements if the position is not more likely than not to be 
sustained  upon  examination  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  certain  uncertain  tax  positions  as  a 
component of income tax expense and the accrued interest and penalties are included in deferred and income taxes payable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See 
Note 13 for more information on the Company’s accounting for income taxes.

76

 
Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach  that  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax 
consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the  differences 
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of 
a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided when it is 
more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include the Company's 
forecast of the reversal of temporary differences, future taxable income, and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. 
Failure  to  achieve  forecasted  taxable  income  in  applicable  tax  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  could  result  in  an  increase  in  the 
Company's effective tax rate on future earnings. Based on our assessment, it appears more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future 
taxable income.

Earnings per Share ("EPS") 

The Company calculates basic EPS by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is calculated 
by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year, adjusted for the potentially dilutive effect of stock options, restricted 
stock units (“RSUs"), and deferred stock units (“DSUs") using the treasury stock method. 

  The  Company  considers  participating  securities  in  its  calculation  of  EPS.  Under  the  two-class  method  of  calculating  EPS,  earnings  are  allocated  to  both  common 
shares  and  participating  securities.  The  Company’s  participating  securities  include  vested  RSU  and  DSU  awards.  Unvested  RSU  and  DSU  awards  are  not  considered 
participating securities as they are forfeitable until the vesting date.

A reconciliation of shares used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share is presented below (in thousands):

Basic weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding
Effect of common stock equivalents
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

2023

23,400  
1,249  
24,649  

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

22,806  
1,524  
24,330  

16,687  
1,258  
17,945  

The  anti-dilutive  shares  excluded  from  the  table  above  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021  were  29,000,  43,000  and  337,000,  respectively. Actual 

common shares outstanding totaled 23,336,387, 23,379,888, and 22,459,314 as of June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and Auditing Standards 

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") or other standards setting bodies issue new accounting pronouncements. Updates to the FASB 

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) are communicated through issuance of an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, (“ASU 2016-13”), Financial Instruments - Credit Loss (Topic 326), which updates the guidance on recognition and 
measurement of credit losses for financial assets. The new guidance, known as the current expected credit loss model ("CECL"), requires entities to adopt an impairment model 
based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. This update was effective for the Company on July 1, 2022 (for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 including 
interim periods within those fiscal years). The FASB has issued multiple updates to ASU 2016-13 as codified in Topic 326, including ASU’s 2018-19, 2019-05, 2019-10, 2019-
11, 2020-02, and 2022-02. These ASUs have provided for various minor technical corrections and improvements to the codification as well as other transition matters. The 
Company does not have a history of credit losses. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncement if currently adopted would have a material effect on the 

Company's consolidated financial statements.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
3. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, AT FAIR VALUE

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

A financial instrument is defined as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver or receive 
cash or another financial instrument from a second entity. The fair value of financial instruments represents amounts that would be received upon the sale of those assets or that 
would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable 
inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Company’s 
own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Company based on the best 
information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows and appropriately risk adjusted discount rates, and available observable and unobservable inputs.

For most of the Company's financial instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value. The carrying amounts of cash, receivables, secured loans receivable, 
accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities,  accrued  liabilities,  and  income  taxes  payable  approximate  fair  value  due  to  their  short-term  nature. The  carrying  amounts  of 
derivative assets and derivative liabilities, liabilities on borrowed metals and product financing arrangements are marked-to-market on a daily basis to fair value. The carrying 
amounts of lines of credit approximate fair value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities. 

The  Company’s  AMCF  Notes  are  reported  at  their  aggregate  principal  amount  less  unamortized  original  issue  discount  and  deferred  financing  costs  on  the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the AMCF Notes is based on the present value of the expected coupon and principal payments using an estimated 
discount rate based on current market rates for debt with similar credit risk. The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s 
AMCF Notes (in thousands):

AMCF Notes

Valuation Hierarchy

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

  Carrying Amount
  $

94,762  

  $

Fair value

94,038  

  Carrying Amount
  $

94,073  

  $

Fair value

92,398  

In determining the fair value of its financial instruments, the Company employs a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs for the valuation techniques used to 
measure fair value. ASC 820 established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of 
inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the 
asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The significant assumptions used to determine the carrying value and the related fair value of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are 

described below:

Inventories. The Company's inventory, which consists primarily of bullion and bullion coins, is acquired and initially recorded at cost and then marked to fair market 
value. The fair market value of the bullion and bullion coins comprises two components: i) published market values attributable to the cost of the raw precious metal, and ii) the 
premium paid at acquisition of the metal, which is attributable to the incremental value of the product in its finished goods form. The market value attributable solely to such 
premium  is  readily  determinable  by  reference  to  multiple  sources.  Except  for  commemorative  coin  inventory,  which  are  included  in  inventory  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net 
realizable  value,  the  Company’s  inventory  is  subsequently  recorded  at  their  fair  market  values  on  a  daily  basis.  The  fair  value  for  commodities  inventory  (i.e.,  inventory 
excluding commemorative coins) is determined using pricing data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Precious metals commodities 
inventory is classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

78

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Precious Metals held under Financing Arrangements. The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals 
from  the  customers  which  are  subject  to  repurchase  by  the  customer  at  the  spot  value  of  the  product  on  the  repurchase  date.  The  precious  metals  purchased  under  these 
arrangements  consist  of  rare  and  unique  items,  and  therefore  the  Company  accounts  for  these  transactions  as  precious  metals  held  under  financing  arrangements,  which 
generate financing income rather than revenue earned from precious metals inventory sales. In these repurchase arrangements, the Company holds legal title to the metals and 
earns  financing  income  for  the  duration  of  the  agreement.  The  fair  value  for  precious  metals  held  under  financing  arrangements,  (a  commodity,  like  inventory  above)  is 
determined using pricing data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. Precious metals held under financing arrangements are classified in 
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Derivatives. Futures contracts, forward contracts, and open sale and purchase commitments are valued at their fair values, based on the difference between the quoted 

market price and the contractual price (i.e., intrinsic value,) and are included within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Margin and Borrowed Metals Liabilities. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities consist of the Company's commodity obligations to margin customers and suppliers, 
respectively. Margin liabilities and borrowed metals liabilities are carried at fair value, which is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on 
which the underlying commodities are traded. Margin and borrowed metals liabilities are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

Product Financing Arrangements. Product financing arrangements consist of financing agreements for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of the sale of gold and 
silver  at  an  agreed-upon  price  based  on  the  spot  price  with  a  third-party.  Such  transactions  allow  the  Company  to  repurchase  this  inventory  upon  demand. The  third-party 
charges monthly interest as a percentage of the market value of the outstanding obligation, which is carried at fair value. The obligation is stated at the amount required to 
repurchase the outstanding inventory. Fair value is determined using quoted market pricing and data derived from the markets on which the underlying commodities are traded. 
Product financing arrangements are classified in Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.  

Option  to  Purchase  Interests  in  a  Long-term  Investment.  The  fair  value  of  the  option  to  purchase  additional  ownership  interest  in  Silver  Gold  Bull,  Inc,  which  is 
exercisable between December 2023 and September 2024, was determined by an independent third-party valuation firm and was recorded as a component of other long-term 
assets on the consolidated balance sheets. This option is classified in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.  

The value of the option was determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation model ("MCS model"). The MCS model includes inputs based on significant assumptions 
related  to  management’s  forecasts  of  the  investee’s  earnings-before-interest-taxes-depreciation-amortization  ("EBITDA")  and  corresponding  future  total  equity  simulations, 
where an early exercise multiple is calibrated to maximize the fair value of the option during the exercise period. For each simulation path, option payoffs are calculated based 
on the contractual terms, and then discounted at the term-matched risk-free rate, where the value of the option is calculated as the average present value over all simulated 
paths.

We used the historical volatility of comparable companies to make certain assumptions in the MCS model, which resulted in an expected EBITDA volatility of 70.0% 
and an equity volatility of 70.0%, with these two inputs having a correlation factor of 70.0%. A 4.1% risk-free interest rate was used, which was based on U.S. treasury yields 
for a time period corresponding to the remaining contractual life of the option. Lastly, the MCS model assumed a EBITDA risk premium of 12.4%.

79

 
The following tables present information about the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, aggregated by each fair value hierarchy 

level (in thousands): 

Assets:

(1)

Inventories
Precious metals held under financing arrangements
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Derivative assets — futures contracts

Derivative assets — forward contracts
Option to purchase interest in a long-term investment

Total assets, valued at fair value

Liabilities:

Liabilities on borrowed metals
Product financing arrangements
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Derivative liabilities — margin accounts
Derivative liabilities — future contracts
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts

Total liabilities, valued at fair value

June 30, 2023

Quoted Price in 
Active Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments
(Level 1)

Significant Other 
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

980,695  
25,530  
37,957  

832  
39,092  
—  
1,084,106  

21,642  
335,831  
853  
4,441  
1,161  
1,621  
365,549  

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
5,300  
5,300  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

  $

  $

  $

980,695  
25,530  
37,957  

832  
39,092  
5,300  
1,089,406  

21,642  
335,831  
853  
4,441  
1,161  
1,621  
365,549  

(1)

Commemorative coin inventory totaling $0.9 million was held at lower of cost or realizable value, and thus is excluded from the inventories balance shown in this table.

Assets:

(1)

Inventories
Precious metals held under financing arrangements
Derivative assets — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Derivative assets — futures contracts
Derivative assets — forward contracts
Option to purchase interest in a long-term investment

Total assets, valued at fair value

Liabilities:

Liabilities on borrowed metals
Product financing arrangements
Derivative liabilities — open sale and purchase commitments, net
Derivative liabilities — margin accounts
Derivative liabilities — forward contracts

Total liabilities, valued at fair value

June 30, 2022

Quoted Price in 
Active Markets for 
Identical 
Instruments
(Level 1)

Significant Other 
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

739,584  
79,766  
27,423  
20,245  
44,075  
—  
911,093  

59,417  
282,671  
70,564  
4,686  
530  
417,868  

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
5,300  
5,300  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

  $

  $

  $

739,584  
79,766  
27,423  
20,245  
44,075  
5,300  
916,393  

59,417  
282,671  
70,564  
4,686  
530  
417,868  

(1)

Commemorative coin inventory totaling $1.4 million was held at lower of cost or net realizable value, and thus is excluded from the inventories balance shown in this table.

There were no transfers in or out of Level 2 or 3 from other levels within the fair value hierarchy during the reported periods.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis.  These  assets  are  not  measured  at  fair  value  on  an  ongoing  basis,  but  are  subject  to  fair  value 
adjustments only under certain circumstances. These include (i) investments in private companies when there are identifiable events or changes in circumstances that may have 
a significant adverse impact on the fair value of these assets, (ii) equity method investments that are remeasured to the acquisition-date fair value upon the Company obtaining a 
controlling  interest  in  the  investee  during  a  step  acquisition,  (iii)  property,  plant,  and  equipment  and  definite-lived  intangibles,  (iv)  digital  assets,  (v)  goodwill,  and  (vi) 
indefinite-lived intangibles, all of which are written down to fair value when they are held for sale or determined to be impaired. 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With the exception of digital assets, our non-recurring valuations use significant unobservable inputs and significant judgments and therefore fall under Level 3 of the 
fair value hierarchy. The valuation inputs include assumptions on the appropriate discount rates, long-term growth rates, relevant comparable company earnings multiples, and 
the  amount  and  timing  of  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  cash  flows  employed  in  the  analyses  are  based  on  the  Company’s  estimated  outlook  and  various  growth  rates. 
Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective equity method investment, asset group, or reporting unit. In 
assessing the reasonableness of its determined fair values, the Company evaluates its results against other value indicators, such as comparable transactions and comparable 
public company trading values. The Company used a third-party independent valuation specialist to assist us to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection 
with Company’s step acquisition of JMB.

4. RECEIVABLES, NET

Receivables, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Customer trade receivables
Wholesale trade advances
Due from brokers and other

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$

$

5,031  
13,679  
16,533  
35,243  

$

$

59,066  
27,675  
10,299  
97,040  

Customer  Trade  Receivables.  Customer  trade  receivables  represent  short-term,  non-interest  bearing  amounts  due  from  precious  metal  sales,  advances  related  to 

financing products, and other secured interests in assets of the customer.

Wholesale Trade Advances. Wholesale trade advances represent advances of various bullion products and cash advances for purchase commitments of precious metal 

inventory. Typically, these advances are unsecured, short-term, and non-interest bearing, and are made to wholesale metals dealers and government mints.

Due from Brokers and Other. Due from brokers and other consists of the margin requirements held at brokers related to open futures contracts (see Note 12) and other 

receivables. 

5. SECURED LOANS RECEIVABLE 

Below is a summary of the carrying value of our secured loans (in thousands):

Secured loans originated
Secured loans acquired

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$

$

68,630  
31,990  
100,620  

$

$

44,498  
81,719  
126,217  

Secured Loans - Originated: Secured loans include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short-term facilities. These loans are fully 
secured  by  the  customers'  assets,  which  predominantly  include  bullion  and  numismatic  and  semi-numismatic  material,  and  which  are  typically  held  in  safekeeping  by  the 
Company. 

Secured Loans - Acquired: Secured loans also include short-term loans, which include a combination of on-demand lines and short-term facilities that are purchased 
from our customers. The Company acquires a portfolio of their loan receivables at a price that approximates the outstanding balance of each loan in the portfolio, as determined 
on the effective transaction date. Each loan in the portfolio is fully secured by the borrowers' assets, which include bullion and numismatic and semi-numismatic material, and 
which are typically held in safekeeping by the Company. The seller of the loan portfolio generally retains the responsibility for the servicing and administration of the loans.

As  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022,  our  secured  loans  carried  weighted-average  effective  interest  rates  of  10.4%  and  9.4%,  respectively,  and  mature  in  periods 

ranging typically from on-demand to one year.

The secured loans that the Company generates with its active customers are reflected as an operating activity on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The secured 
loans that the Company generates with borrowers that are not active customers are reflected as an investing activity on the consolidated statements of cash flows as secured 
loans receivables, net. For the secured loans that (i) are reflected as an investing activity and have terms that allow the borrowers to increase their loan balance (at the discretion 
of the Company) based on the excess value of their collateral compared to their aggregate principal balance of loan, and (ii) are repayable on demand or in the short-term, the 
borrowings and repayments are netted on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

81

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality of Secured Loans Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

General

The Company's secured loan receivables portfolio comprises loans with similar credit risk profiles, which enables the Company to apply a standard methodology to 

determine the credit quality for each loan and the allowance for credit losses, if any.

The credit quality of each loan is generally determined by the collateral value assessment, loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio (that is, the principal amount of the loan divided 
by the estimated value of the collateral) and the type (or class) of secured material. All loans are fully secured by precious metal bullion, numismatic and semi-numismatic 
collateral, or graded sports cards and sports memorabilia, which remains in the physical custody of the Company for the duration of the loan. The term of the loans is generally 
180 days, however loans are typically renewed prior to maturity and therefore remain outstanding for a longer period of time. Interest earned on a loan is billed monthly and is 
typically due and payable within 20 days and, if not paid after all applicable grace periods, is added to the outstanding principal balance, and late fees and default interest rates 
are assessed.

When an account is in default or if a margin call has not been met on a timely basis, the Company has the right to liquidate the borrower's collateral in order to satisfy 

the unpaid balance of the outstanding loans, including accrued and unpaid interest.

Class and Credit Quality of Loans

The three classes of secured loan receivables are defined by collateral type: (i) bullion, (ii) numismatic and semi-numismatic and (iii) graded sports cards and sports 
memorabilia.  The  Company  required  LTV  ratios  vary  with  the  class  of  loans.  Typically,  the  Company  requires  an  LTV  ratio  of  approximately  75%  for  bullion,  65%  for 
numismatic  and  semi-numismatic  collateral,  and  50%  for  graded  sports  cards  and  sports  memorabilia.  The  LTV  ratio  for  loans  collateralized  by  numismatic  and  semi-
numismatic collateral is typically lower on a percentage basis than bullion collateralized loans because a higher value of the numismatic and semi-numismatic collateral relates 
to its premium value, rather than its underlying commodity value. The LTV ratio for loans collateralized by graded sports cards and sports memorabilia is lower because the 
underlying collateral is not as liquid as bullion and numismatic and semi-numismatic collateral.

The Company's secured loans by portfolio class, which align with internal management reporting, were as follows (in thousands):

Bullion
Numismatic and semi-numismatic
Graded sports cards and sports memorabilia

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

  $

  $

52,165  
47,856  
599  
100,620  

51.8 %   $
47.6 %  
0.6 %  
100.0 %   $

95,691  
30,231  
295  
126,217  

75.8 %
24.0 %
0.2 %
100.0 %

Due to the nature of market fluctuations of precious metal commodity prices, the Company monitors the bullion collateral value of each loan on a daily basis, based on 
spot  price  of  precious  metals.  Numismatic  and  graded  sports  cards  and  sports  memorabilia  collateral  values  are  updated  by  numismatic  and  graded  sports  cards  and  sports 
memorabilia specialists typically within every 90 days and when loan terms are renewed.

Generally, we initiate the margin call process when the outstanding loan balance is in excess of 85% of the current value of the underlying collateral. In the event that a 
borrower fails to meet a margin call to reestablish the required LTV ratio, the loan is considered in default. The collateral material (either bullion, numismatic or graded sports 
cards and sports memorabilia) underlying such loans is then sold by the Company to satisfy all amounts due under the loan.

Loans  with  LTV  ratios  of  less  than  75%  are  generally  considered  to  be  higher  quality  loans.  Below  is  summary  of  aggregate  outstanding  secured  loan  balances 

bifurcated into (i) loans with an LTV ratio of less than 75% and (ii) loans with an LTV ratio of 75% or more (in thousands):

Loan-to-value of less than 75%
Loan-to-value of 75% or more

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

  $

  $

90,378  
10,242  
100,620  

89.8 %   $
10.2 %  
100.0 %   $

49,503  
76,714  
126,217  

39.2 %
60.8 %
100.0 %

The Company had no loans with an LTV ratio in excess of 100% as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022.

Non-Performing Loans/Impaired Loans

Historically, the Company has not established an allowance for any credit losses because the Company has liquidated the collateral to satisfy the amount due before any 

loan becomes non-performing or impaired.

82

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing loans have the highest probability for credit loss. The allowance for secured loan credit losses attributable to non-performing loans is based on the most 
probable  source  of  repayment,  which  is  normally  the  liquidation  of  collateral.  Due  to  the  accelerated  liquidation  terms  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio,  past  due  loans  are 
generally liquidated within 90 days of default. In the event a loan were to become non-performing, the Company would determine a reserve to reduce the carrying balance to its 
estimated net realizable value. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the Company had no allowance for secured loan losses or loans classified as non-performing.

A loan is considered impaired if it is probable, based on current information and events, that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the 
contractual terms of the loan. Customer loans are reviewed for impairment and include loans that are past due or non-performing, or if the customer is in bankruptcy. In the 
event of an impairment, recognition of interest income would be suspended, and the loan would be placed on non-accrual status at the time. Accrual would be resumed, and 
previously suspended interest income would be recognized, when the loan becomes contractually current and/or collection doubts are removed. Cash receipts on impaired loans 
are  recorded  first  against  the  principal  and  then  to  any  unrecognized  interest  income.  For  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  the  Company  incurred  no  loan 
impairment costs and no loans were placed on a non-accrual status.

6. INVENTORIES

Our inventory consists of the precious metals that the Company has physically received, and inventory held by third-parties, which, at the Company's option, it may or 

may not receive. Below, our inventory is summarized by classification (in thousands):

Inventory held for sale
Repurchase arrangements with customers
Consignment arrangements with customers
Commemorative coins, held at lower of cost or net realizable value
Borrowed precious metals
Product financing arrangements

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

437,670  
181,751  
3,801  
948  
21,642  
335,831  
981,643  

$

$

299,844  
130,171  
2,490  
1,434  
24,408  
282,671  
741,018  

$

$

Inventory Held for Sale. Inventory held for sale represents precious metals, excluding commemorative coin inventory, that have been received by the Company and are 
not subject to repurchase by or consignment arrangements with third parties, borrowed precious metals, or product financing arrangements. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 
2022, inventory held for sale totaled $437.7 million and $299.8 million, respectively.

Repurchase Arrangements with Customers. The Company enters into arrangements with certain customers under which A-Mark purchases precious metals from the 
customers which are subject to repurchase by the customer at the fair value of the product on the repurchase date. Under these arrangements, the Company, which holds legal 
title  to  the  metals,  earns  financing  income  until  the  time  the  arrangement  is  terminated,  or  the  material  is  repurchased  by  the  customer.  In  the  event  of  a  repurchase  by  the 
customer, the Company records a sale.

These arrangements are typically terminable by either party upon 14 days' notice. Upon termination, the customer’s rights to repurchase any remaining inventory is 
forfeited.  As  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022,  included  within  inventories  is  $181.8  million  and  $130.2  million,  respectively,  of  precious  metals  products  subject  to 
repurchase arrangements with customers.

Consignment  Arrangements  with  Customers.  The  Company  periodically  loans  metals  to  customers  on  a  short-term  consignment  basis.  Inventory  loaned  under 
consignment arrangements to customers as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 totaled $3.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Such transactions are recorded as sales and 
are removed from the Company's inventory at the time the customer elects to price and purchase the precious metals.

Commemorative Coins. Our commemorative coin inventory, including its premium component, is held at the lower of cost or net realizable value, because the value of 
commemorative coins is influenced more by supply and demand determinants than on the underlying spot price of the precious metal content of the commemorative coins. The 
value of commemorative coins is not subject to the same level of volatility as bullion coins because our commemorative coins typically carry a substantially higher premium 
over  the  spot  metal  price  than  bullion  coins.  Our  commemorative  coins  are  not  hedged  and  totaled  $0.9  million  and  $1.4  million  as  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022, 
respectively.

Borrowed Precious Metals. Borrowed precious metals inventory include: (i) metals held by suppliers as collateral on advanced pool metals, (ii) metals due to suppliers 
for the use of their consigned inventory, (iii) unallocated metal positions held by customers in the Company’s inventory, and (iv) shortages in unallocated metal positions held 
by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based 
on  the  total  ounces  of  metal  held  in  the  position. Amounts  due  under  these  arrangements  require  delivery  either  in  the  form  of  precious  metals  or  cash.  The  Company's 
inventory  included  borrowed  precious  metals  with  market  values  totaling  $21.6  million  and  $24.4  million  as  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022,  respectively,  with  a 
corresponding offsetting obligation reflected as liabilities on borrowed metals on the consolidated balance sheets.

83

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product Financing Arrangements. This inventory represents amounts held as security by lenders for obligations under product financing arrangements. The Company 
enters into a product financing agreement for the transfer and subsequent re-acquisition of gold and silver at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price with a third-party 
finance company. This inventory is restricted and is held at a custodial storage facility in exchange for a financing fee, paid to the third-party finance company. During the term 
of the financing, the third-party finance company holds the inventory as collateral, and both parties intend for the inventory to be returned to the Company at an agreed-upon 
price based on the spot price on the finance arrangement repurchase date. These transactions do not qualify as sales and have been accounted for as financing arrangements in 
accordance  with ASC  470-40  Product  Financing  Arrangements.  The  obligation  is  stated  at  the  amount  required  to  repurchase  the  outstanding  inventory.  Both  the  product 
financing arrangements and the underlying inventory are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income. Such 
obligations totaled $335.8 million and $282.7 million as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively.

The Company mitigates market risk of its physical inventory and open commitments through commodity hedge transactions. (See Note 12.) As of June 30, 2023 and 
June 30, 2022, the unrealized gains or losses resulting from the difference between market value and cost of physical inventory were losses of $4.6 million and losses of $15.4 
million, respectively.

Premium Component of Inventory 

The premium component, at market value, included in the inventory as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 totaled $29.4 million and $27.1 million, respectively.

7. LEASES

Components of operating lease expense were as follows (in thousands): 

Operating lease costs
Variable lease costs
Short term lease costs
Finance lease costs

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

1,460  
469  
108  
—  
2,037  

  $

  $

1,403  
627  
94  
16  
2,140  

  $

  $

1,509  
426  
91  
21  
2,047  

$

$

For the year ended June 30, 2023, we made cash payments of $1.6 million for operating lease obligations. These payments are included in operating cash flows. As of 
June  30,  2023,  the  weighted-average  remaining  lease  term  under  our  capitalized  operating  leases  was  4.7  years,  while  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  for  our  operating 
leases was approximately  4.9%. As of June 30, 2022, the weighted-average remaining lease term under our capitalized operating leases was  5.4 years, while the weighted-
average discount rate for our operating leases was approximately 4.9%.

The following represents our future undiscounted cash flows for each of the next five years and thereafter and reconciliation to the lease liabilities as of June 30, 2023 

(in thousands):

Year ending June 30,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

Total lease payments

Imputed interest

Total operating lease liability
Operating lease liability - current
Operating lease liability - long-term

Operating Leases

1,624  
1,599  
1,171  
823  
700  
626  
6,543  
(737 )
5,806  

1,366  
4,440  
5,806  

(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

$

$

$

$

(1)
(2)
(3)

Represents the present value of the capitalized operating lease liabilities as of June 30, 2023.
Current operating lease liabilities are presented within accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.
Long-term operating lease liabilities are presented within other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has one related party lease; for information on this lease refer to Note 14. We do not have any leases that have not yet commenced which would create 

significant rights and obligations for us, including any involvement with the construction or design of the underlying asset.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

Computer software
Plant equipment
Leasehold improvements
Office furniture, and fixtures
Computer equipment
Building

Total depreciable assets

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment not placed in service
Land

Property, plant, and equipment, net

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$

$

7,442  
8,477  
3,969  
2,960  
1,713  
857  
25,418  
(13,553 )
242  
406  
12,513  

$

$

6,519  
6,328  
3,863  
2,536  
1,595  
509  
21,350  
(11,932 )
391  
36  
9,845  

Property,  plant  and  equipment  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021  was  $2.2  million,  $1.6  million,  and  $1.4 

million respectively. For the periods presented, depreciation and amortization expense allocable to cost of sales was not significant.

9. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill is an intangible asset that arises when a company acquires an existing business or assets (net of assumed liabilities) which comprise a business. In general, the 
amount of goodwill recorded in an acquisition is calculated as the purchase price of the business minus the fair market value of the tangible assets and the identifiable intangible 
assets,  net  of  the  assumed  liabilities.  Goodwill  and  intangibles  can  also  be  established  by  push-down  accounting.  Below  is  a  summary  of  the  significant  transactions  that 
generated goodwill and intangible assets of the Company:

•

•

•

•

In  connection  with  the  Company's  formation  of AMST  in August  2016,  the  Company  recorded  an  additional  $2.5  million  and  $4.3  million  of  identifiable 
intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal and represent their fair values at the acquisition date. The 
Company’s  investment  in AMST  has  resulted  in  synergies  between  the  acquired  minting  operation  and  the  Company’s  established  distribution  network  by 
providing a steadier and more reliable fabricated source of silver during times of market volatility. The Company considers that much of the acquired goodwill 
relates to the “ready state” of AMST's established minting operation with existing quality processes, procedures, and ability to scale production to meet market 
needs.

In  connection  with  the  Company's  acquisition  of  Goldline  in August  2017,  the  Company  recorded  $5.0  million  and  $1.4  million  of  additional  identifiable 
intangible assets and goodwill, respectively; these values were based upon an independent appraisal and represent their fair values at the acquisition date. The 
Company’s  investment  in  Goldline  created  synergies  between  Goldline's  direct  marketing  operation  and  the  Company’s  established  distribution  network, 
secured storage and lending operations that has led to increased product margin spreads, and lower distribution and storage costs for Goldline.

In March 2021, the Company acquired 100% ownership of JMB, in which we previously held a 20.5% equity interest. At the acquisition date we measured the 
value of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill at $98.0 million and $92.1 million, respectively.

In  October  2022,  JMB  acquired  $4.5  million  of  intangible  assets  that  included:  BGASC’s  website,  domain  name,  trademarks,  logos,  customer  list,  and  all 
intellectual property. 

85

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying Value

The carrying value of goodwill and other purchased intangibles are described below (dollar amounts in thousands):

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Estimated
Useful
Lives
(Years)

5 - 15
4
3 - 5
1 - 3

Identifiable intangible assets:

Existing customer 
relationships
Developed technology
Non-compete and other
Employment agreement

Intangibles subject to amortization

Trade names and trademarks

Indefinite

Indefinite

Identifiable intangible assets

Goodwill

Indefinite

Indefinite

Remaining
Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(Years)

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Accumulated
Impairment

Net Book 
Value

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Accumulated
Impairment

Net Book 
Value

2.0
1.9
4.3
0.0

  $

  $

  $

55,768  
11,036  
2,310  
295  
69,409  
49,648  
119,057  

  $

  $

(46,465 )
(6,077 )
(2,300 )
(295 )
(55,137 )
—  
(55,137 )

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(1,290 )
(1,290 )

  $

  $

9,303  
4,959  
10  
—  
14,272  
48,358  
62,630  

  $

  $

53,498  
10,500  
2,300  
295  
66,593  
47,454  
114,047  

  $

  $

(38,831 )
(3,366 )
(2,300 )
(295 )
(44,792 )
—  
(44,792 )

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
(1,290 )
(1,290 )

  $

  $

14,667  
7,134  
—  
—  
21,801  
46,164  
67,965  

102,307  

  $

—  

  $

(1,364 )

  $

100,943  

  $

102,307  

  $

—  

  $

(1,364 )

  $

100,943  

The  Company's  intangible  assets  are  subject  to  amortization  except  for  trade  names  and  trademarks,  which  have  an  indefinite  life.  Existing  customer  relationships 
intangible assets are amortized in a manner reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets are consumed. All other intangible assets subject to amortization 
are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives, which are estimated to be one to fifteen years. Amortization expense related to the Company's intangible 
assets  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021  was  $10.3  million,  $25.7  million,  and  $9.3  million,  respectively.  For  the  presented  periods,  amortization  expense 
allocable to cost of sales was not significant.

Impairment

We  recorded  a  non-recurring  impairment  charge  of  $2.7  million  (goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets)  in  fiscal  2018  related  to  Goldline.  Other  than  the 

impairment charge related to Goldline, we have not recorded any impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Estimated Amortization

Estimated annual amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets for the succeeding five years is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

10. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

$

$

Amount

8,086  
4,945  
752  
304  
47  
138  
14,272  

As  of  June  30,  2023,  the  Company  had  seven  investments  in  privately-held  entities. The  following  table  shows  the  carrying  value  and  ownership  percentage  of  the 

Company's investment in each entity (in thousands):

Investee
Silver Gold Bull, Inc.
Pinehurst Coin Exchange, Inc.
Sunshine Minting, Inc.
Company A
Company B
Texas Precious Metals, LLC
Atkinsons Bullion & Coins

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Carrying Value

  Ownership Percentage

Carrying Value

  Ownership Percentage

  $

  $

44,699  
15,999  
17,719  
233  
2,005  
5,465  
2,415  
88,535  

86

47.4 %   $
49.0 %  
44.9 %  
33.3 %  
50.0 %  
12.0 %  
25.0 %  

    $

41,251  
13,843  
13,497  
233  
2,004  
—  
—  
70,828  

47.4 %
49.0 %
44.9 %
33.3 %
50.0 %
— %
— %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We consider all of our equity method investees to be related parties. See Note 14 for a summary of the Company's aggregate balances and activity with these related 
party entities. All of the Company's investees are accounted for using the equity method, with the exception of Company A, which is accounted for using the cost method and is 
not considered a related party.

For equity method investments with greater than 20% ownership, the carrying value at June 30, 2023 exceeded our share of the investees' book value by $40.6 million 

which is primarily attributable to goodwill and intangible assets.

11. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Trade payables to customers
Other accounts payable

Accounts payable and other payables

Deferred revenue
Advances from customers

Deferred revenue and other advances

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

20,512  
4,953  
25,465  

7,419  
173,944  
181,363  

$

$

$

$

2,571  
3,556  
6,127  

17,456  
158,089  
175,545  

$

$

$

$

12. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

The  Company  is  exposed  to  market  risk,  such  as  changes  in  commodity  prices  and  foreign  exchange  rates. To  manage  the  volatility  related  to  these  exposures,  the 
Company enters into various derivative products, such as forwards and futures contracts. By policy, the Company historically has entered into derivative financial instruments 
for  the  purpose  of  hedging  substantially  all  of  Company's  market  exposure  to  precious  metals  prices,  and  not  for  speculative  purposes.  The  Company’s  gains  (losses)  on 
derivative instruments are substantially offset by the changes in the fair market value of the underlying precious metals inventory, both of which are recorded in cost of sales in 
the consolidated statements of income.

Commodity Price Management

The Company manages the value of certain assets and liabilities of its trading business, including trading inventory, by employing a variety of hedging strategies. These 
strategies include the management of exposure to changes in the market values of the Company's trading inventory through the purchase and sale of a variety of derivative 
instruments, such as forwards and futures contracts.

The Company enters into derivative transactions solely for the purpose of hedging its inventory subject to price risk, and not for speculative market purposes. Due to 
the nature of the Company's global hedging strategy, the Company is not using hedge accounting as defined under ASC 815, whereby the gains or losses would be deferred and 
included  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive  income.  Instead,  gains  or  losses  resulting  from  the  Company's  futures  and  forward  contracts  and  open  sale  and  purchase 
commitments  are  reported  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  as  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  commodity  contracts  (a  component  of  cost  of  sales)  with  the  related 
unrealized amounts due from or to counterparties reflected as derivative assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company's trading inventory and purchase and sale transactions consist primarily of precious metal products. The value of these assets and liabilities are marked-
to-market daily to the prevailing closing price of the underlying precious metals. The Company's precious metals inventory is subject to fluctuations in market value, resulting 
from changes in the underlying commodity prices. Inventory purchased or borrowed by the Company is subject to price changes. Inventory borrowed is considered a natural 
hedge, since changes in value of the metal held are offset by the obligation to return the metal to the supplier.

Open sale and purchase commitments are subject to changes in value between the date the purchase or sale price is fixed (the trade date) and the date the metal is 
received or delivered (the settlement date). The Company seeks to minimize the effect of price changes of the underlying commodity through the use of forward and futures 
contracts. The Company’s open sale and purchase commitments typically settle within 2 business days, and for those commitments that do not have stated settlement dates, the 
Company has the right to settle the positions upon demand. 

The Company's policy is to substantially hedge its inventory position, net of open sale and purchase commitments that are subject to price risk, and regularly enters into 
precious  metals  commodity  forward  and  futures  contracts  with  financial  institutions  to  hedge  against  this  risk.  The  Company  uses  futures  contracts,  which  typically  settle 
within 30 days, for its shorter-term hedge positions, and forward contracts, which may remain open for up to 6 months, for its longer-term hedge positions. The Company has 
access to all of the precious metals markets, allowing it to place hedges. The Company also maintains relationships with major market makers in every major precious metal 
dealing center.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s management sets credit and position risk limits. These limits include gross position limits for counterparties engaged in sales and purchase transactions 

with the Company. They also include collateral limits for different types of sale and purchase transactions that counterparties may engage in from time to time.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The Company's derivative assets and liabilities represent the net fair value of the difference (or intrinsic value) between market values and trade values at the trade date 
for open precious metals sale and purchase contracts, as adjusted on a daily basis for changes in market values of the underlying metals, until settled. The Company's derivative 
assets and liabilities also include the net fair value of open precious metals forwards and futures contracts. The precious metals forwards and futures contracts are settled at the 
contract settlement date.

All of our commodity derivative contracts are under master netting arrangements and include both asset and liability positions (i.e., offsetting derivative instruments). 
As such, for the Company's derivative contracts with the same counterparty, the receivables and payables have been netted on the consolidated balance sheets. Such derivative 
contracts include open sale and purchase commitments, futures, forwards and margin accounts. The aggregate gross and net derivative receivables and payables balances by 
contract type and type of hedge, were as follows (in thousands):

Nettable derivative assets:

Open sale and purchase commitments
Futures contracts
Forward contracts

Nettable derivative liabilities:

Open sale and purchase commitments
Margin accounts
Futures contracts
Forward contracts

June 30, 2023

Gross
Derivative

Amounts
Netted

Cash
Collateral
Pledge

Net
Derivative

Gross
Derivative

Amounts
Netted

Cash
Collateral
Pledge

Net
Derivative

June 30, 2022

  $

  $

  $

  $

53,924  
832  
39,092  
93,848  

2,271  
17,681  
1,161  
1,621  
22,734  

  $

  $

  $

  $

(15,967 )
—  
—  
(15,967 )

(1,418 )
—  
—  
—  
(1,418 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
(13,240 )
—  
—  
(13,240 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

37,957  
832  
39,092  
77,881  

853  
4,441  
1,161  
1,621  
8,076  

  $

  $

  $

  $

34,821  
20,245  
44,075  
99,141  

72,937  
26,984  
—  
530  
100,451  

  $

  $

  $

  $

(7,398 )
—  
—  
(7,398 )

(2,373 )
—  
—  
—  
(2,373 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
(22,298 )
—  
—  
(22,298 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

27,423  
20,245  
44,075  
91,743  

70,564  
4,686  
—  
530  
75,780  

Gains or Losses on Derivative Instruments

The  Company  records  the  derivative  at  the  trade  date  with  corresponding  unrealized  gains  or  losses  shown  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income. The Company adjusts the derivatives to fair value on a daily basis until the transactions are settled. When these contracts are net settled, the unrealized 
gains and losses are reversed and the realized gains and losses for forward contracts are recorded in revenue and cost of sales and the net realized gains and losses for futures 
are recorded in cost of sales.

Below is a summary of the net gains (losses) on derivative instruments (in thousands):

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments:

Unrealized gains (losses) on open futures commodity and forward contracts and open sale and purchase commitments, net
Realized gains (losses) on futures commodity contracts, net

2023

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

  $

  $

53,453  
43,630  
97,083  

  $

  $

(18,799 )
66,624  
47,825  

  $

  $

8,874  
(134,496 )
(125,622 )

The  Company’s  net  gains  (losses)  on  derivative  instruments,  as  shown  in  the  table  above,  were  substantially  offset  by  the  changes  in  the  fair  market  value  of  the 

underlying precious metals inventory, which were also recorded in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Summary of Hedging Positions

In a hedging relationship, the change in the value of the derivative financial instrument is offset to a great extent by the change in the value of the underlying hedged 
item.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  results  of  our  hedging  activities,  which  shows  the  precious  metal  commodity  inventory  position,  net  of  open  sale  and  purchase 
commitments, that was subject to price risk (in thousands):

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Inventories
Precious metals held under financing arrangements

Less unhedgeable inventories:

Commemorative coin inventory, held at lower of cost or net realizable value
Premium on metals position
Precious metal value not hedged

Commitments at market:

Open inventory purchase commitments
Open inventory sales commitments
Margin sale commitments
In-transit inventory no longer subject to market risk
Unhedgeable premiums on open commitment positions
Borrowed precious metals
Product financing arrangements
Advances on industrial metals

Precious metal subject to price risk

Precious metal subject to derivative financial instruments:
Precious metals forward contracts at market values
Precious metals futures contracts at market values
Total market value of derivative financial instruments

Net precious metals subject to commodity price risk

Notional Balances of Derivatives

$

$

981,643  
25,530  
1,007,173  

(948 )
(29,358 )
(30,306 )

921,108  
(587,392 )
(17,682 )
(5,505 )
11,224  
(21,642 )
(335,831 )
698  
(35,022 )

941,845  

767,767  
170,466  
938,233  

$

3,612  

$

741,018  
79,766  
820,784  

(1,434 )
(27,059 )
(28,493 )

681,835  
(497,949 )
(26,984 )
(13,164 )
12,933  
(59,417 )
(282,671 )
768  
(184,649 )

607,642  

278,326  
326,713  
605,039  

2,603  

The  notional  balances  of  the  Company's  derivative  instruments,  consisting  of  contractual  metal  quantities,  are  expressed  at  current  spot  prices  of  the  underlying 
precious  metal  commodity. As  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022,  the  Company  had  the  following  outstanding  commitments  and  open  forward  and  future  contracts  (in 
thousands):

Purchase commitments
Sales commitments
Margin sales commitments
Open forward contracts
Open futures contracts

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$
$
$
$
$

921,108  
(587,392 )
(17,682 )
767,767  
170,466  

$
$
$
$
$

681,835  
(497,949 )
(26,984 )
278,326  
326,713  

The contract amounts (i.e., notional balances) of the Company's forward and futures contracts and the open sales and purchase commitments are not reflected in the 

accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the difference between the market price of the underlying metal or contract and the trade amount at fair value.

The Company is exposed to the risk of failure of the counterparties to its derivative contracts. Significant judgment is applied by the Company when evaluating the fair 
value  implications.  The  Company  regularly  reviews  the  creditworthiness  of  its  major  counterparties  and  monitors  its  exposure  to  concentrations.  On  June  30,  2023,  the 
Company believes its risk of counterparty default is mitigated as a result of such evaluation and the short-term duration of these arrangements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Management

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to manage the effect of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on its sale and purchase transactions. These 

contracts generally have maturities of less than one week.  

The market values (fair values) of the Company’s foreign exchange forward contracts and the net open sale and purchase commitment transactions, denominated in 

foreign currencies, outstanding were as follows (in thousands):

Foreign exchange forward contracts
Open sale and purchase commitment transactions, net

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$
$

7,101  
5,611  

$
$

9,738  
10,371  

89

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. INCOME TAXES

Net income from operations before provision for income taxes is shown below (in thousands):

U.S.
Foreign

  $

  $

2023

203,139  
31  
203,170  

  $

  $

Year Ended June 30,
2022

166,379  
38  
166,417  

  $

  $

2021

192,771  
30  
192,801  

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return based on a June 30 tax year end. The provision for income tax expense by jurisdiction and the effective tax 

rate are shown below (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State and local
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State and local

Income tax expense

Effective income tax rate

2023

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

  $

  $

39,408  
5,371  
37  
44,816  

178  
1,407  
1,585  

  $

32,518  
4,701  
225  
37,444  

(3,281 )
(825 )
(4,106 )

  $

46,401  

  $

33,338  

  $

28,899  
4,954  
97  
33,950  

(2,961 )
888  
(2,073 )

31,877  

22.8 %  

20.0 %    

16.5 %

 Our provision for income taxes varied from the tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rates for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021 primarily 
due to excess tax benefit from share-based compensation and foreign derived intangible income special deduction, partially offset by state taxes (net of federal tax benefit). In 
addition, for the year ended June 30, 2021, our effective tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to our acquisition of the remaining 79.5% of JMB. 

A reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before tax are set forth below (in 

thousands):

Federal income tax provision at statutory rate
State and local tax, net of federal benefit
Adjustment related to JMB acquisition
Foreign derived intangible income
Stock based compensation
Reversal of pre-acquisition deferred taxes in joint venture
State rate change
Permanent adjustments
Foreign rate differential
Other

Income Taxes Receivable and Payable

2023

  $

  $

42,666  
5,083  
—  
(791 )
(1,171 )
—  
202  
311  
30  
71  
46,401  

  $

  $

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

34,947  
3,236  
—  
(1,476 )
(3,075 )
—  
(171 )
(252 )
217  
(88 )
33,338  

$

$

40,488  
3,935  
(9,539 )
(2,427 )
(1,233 )
(981 )
950  
266  
91  
327  
31,877  

As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, our income tax payable totaled $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively. 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be 
realized by evaluating both positive and negative evidence. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the 
periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible. As  of  June  30,  2023  and  June  30,  2022,  management  concluded  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  the 
Company would be able to realize the benefit of the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. We based this conclusion on historical and projected operating performance, as 
well as our expectation that our operations will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax assets. A tax 
valuation allowance was considered unnecessary, as management concluded that it was more likely than not that the Company would be able to realize the benefit of the U.S. 
federal and state deferred tax assets.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
    
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
As of June 30, 2023, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred 
tax liability of $2.3 million and a federal deferred tax liability of $14.4 million. As of June 30, 2022, the consolidated balance sheet reflects the deferred tax items for each tax-
paying component (i.e., federal and state), resulting in a state deferred tax liability of $0.9 million and a federal deferred tax liability of $14.5 million.

The schedule of deferred taxes presented below summarizes the components of deferred taxes that have been classified as deferred tax assets and liabilities related to 

taxable and deductible temporary differences (in thousands):

Accrued compensation
Lease liabilities
Stock-based compensation
State tax accrual
Net operating loss carry forwards
Other

Deferred tax assets

Intangible assets
Fixed assets
Earnings from equity method investment
Investment in partnership
Right of use assets
Other

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

 Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

June 30,
2022

$

June 30,
2023

$

195  
1,800  
1,409  
422  
2  
39  
3,867  

(13,111 )
(1,036 )
(4,534 )
(204 )
(1,637 )
(22 )
(20,544 )

$

(16,677 )

  $

58  
1,804  
1,222  
368  
855  
34  
4,341  

(15,071 )
(1,000 )
(2,052 )
—  
(1,617 )
(9 )
(19,749 )

(15,408 )

As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the Company has approximately $0.0 million and $12.2 million of state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. The 

Company's state tax-effected net operating loss carryforwards totaled $0.0 million and $0.9 million, as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The  Company  has  taken  or  expects  to  take  certain  tax  benefits  on  its  income  tax  return  filings  that  it  has  not  recognized  as  a  tax  benefit  (i.e.,  an  unrecognized  tax 
benefit) on its consolidated statements of income. The Company's measurement of its uncertain tax positions is based on management's assessment of all relevant information, 
including, but not limited to prior audit experience, audit settlement, or lapse of the applicable statute of limitations. Below is a reconciliation of net unrecognized tax benefits 
(in thousands):

Beginning balance
Decreases in tax positions for prior year
Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations
Additions as a results of tax positions taken during current period

2023

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

146  
—  
—  
—  
146  

  $

  $

277  
(93 )
(38 )
—  
146  

$

$

163  
—  
(26 )
140  
277  

  $

  $

In addition to the $146,000 of accrued tax expense, as shown in the table above, the Company has $69,000 of interest and $37,000 of penalties accrued to date related to 
its uncertain tax positions. As of June 30, 2023, the amount of this accrued liability (inclusive of the uncertain tax deductions and the associated interest and penalty accrual) 
totaled $252,000, and, if recognized, would reduce the Company's effective tax rate.

Tax Examinations

The Company files income tax returns in the United States, Austria, and various state and local jurisdictions. It is no longer subject to examination for U.S. federal, 

Austria, and various state income taxes for periods prior to fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2017, respectively.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related  parties  include  entities  which  the  Company  controls  or  has  the  ability  to  significantly  influence,  and  entities  which  are  under  common  control  with  the 
Company. Related parties also include persons who are affiliated with related entities or the Company who are in a position to influence corporate decisions (such as owners, 
executives, board members and their families). In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions with our related parties. Below is a list of related parties with whom 
we have had significant transactions during the presented periods:

1)

2)

Stack’s Bowers Numismatics, LLC ("Stack's Bowers Galleries"). Stack's Bowers Galleries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectrum Group International, Inc. 
("SGI").  SGI  and  the  Company  have  a  common  chief  executive  officer,  and  the  chief  executive  officer  and  the  general  counsel  of  the  Company  are  board 
members of SGI.

Equity method investees. As of June 30, 2023, the Company has six investments in privately-held entities which have been determined to be equity method 
investees and related parties.

Our  related  party  transactions  primarily  include  (i)  sales  and  purchases  of  precious  metals,  (ii)  financing  activities,  (iii)  repurchase  arrangements,  and  (iv)  hedging 

transactions. Below is a summary of our related party transactions. The amounts presented for each period were based on each entity’s related party status for that period.

Balances with Related Parties

Receivables and Payables, Net

Our related party net receivables and payables balances were as shown below (in thousands):

Stack's Bowers Galleries
Equity method investees

(1)
(2)
(3)

Balance includes trade receivables and other receivables, net
Balance includes note payables, trade payables, and other payables, net
Balance includes trade and other payables, net

Long-term Investments

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Receivables

Payables

Receivables

Payables

  $

  $

 (1)

 (1)

534  
737  
1,271  

  $

  $

—  
2,977  
2,977  

 (2)

  $

  $

—  
3,060  
3,060  

 (1)

  $

  $

 (3)

 (3)

1,802  
173  
1,975  

As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the aggregate carrying balance of the equity method investments was $88.3 million and $70.6 million respectively. (See Note 

10.)

Long-term Other Assets

As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the fair value of the option to purchase an additional 27.6% ownership interest in Silver Gold Bull, Inc. was $5.3 million and 
$5.3 million, respectively. This option was acquired in June 2022 in conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of an additional 40% ownership interest in Silver Gold Bull, 
Inc., and is exercisable between December 2023 and September 2024. (See Note 10.)

Notes Payable

On April 1, 2021, CCP entered into a loan agreement ("CCP Note") with CFC, which provides CFC with up to $4.0 million to fund commercial loans secured by graded 
sports cards and sports memorabilia to its borrowers. All loans to be funded using the proceeds from the CCP Note are subject to CCP’s prior written approval. The term of the 
CCP Note expires on April 1, 2024 and may be extended by mutual agreement. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022 the outstanding principal balance of the CCP Note was 
$0.5 million and $0.0 million, respectively.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Activity with Related Parties

Sales and Purchases

Our sales and purchases with companies deemed to be related parties were as follows (in thousands):

Stack's Bowers Galleries
Equity method investees
SilverTowne L.P.

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

Sales

Purchases

Sales

Purchases

Sales

Purchases

  $

  $

153,409  
1,212,936  
—  
1,366,345  

  $

  $

49,460  
45,651  
—  
95,111  

  $

  $

95,271  
756,583  
—  
851,854  

  $

  $

51,220  
48,529  
—  
99,749  

  $

  $

(1)

59,037  
1,622,199  
16,837  
1,698,073  

$

$

(1)

66,122  
17,020  
4,827  
87,969  

(1)

Includes sales and purchases activity with JMB, which the Company fully acquired in March 2021.

Interest Income

We earned interest income on loans made to Stack's Bower Galleries and from financing arrangements (including repurchase agreements) with affiliated companies, as 

set forth below (in thousands):

Interest income from secured loans receivables
Interest income from finance products and repurchase arrangements

(1)      Includes JMB's interest income from the beginning of the period through acquisition date.

Selling, General, and Administrative

2023

Year Ended June 30,
2022

2021

$

$

—  
7,839  
7,839  

  $

  $

155  
6,668  
6,823  

  $

  $

249  
8,042  
8,291  

 (1)

During the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company incurred selling, general, and administrative expense related to its subleasing agreement with 

Stack's Bower Galleries that totaled $34,000, $0, and $0, respectively.

Interest Expense

During  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  the  Company  incurred  interest  expense  related  to  its  note  with  CCP  that  totaled  $38,000,  $0,  and  $0, 

respectively.

Equity Method Investments — Earnings, Dividends and Distributions Received

During  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  the  Company's  proportional  share  of  our  equity  method  investee's  net  income  totaled  $12.6  million,  $6.9 
million, and $15.5 million, respectively. As a result of our acquisition of JMB in March 2021, we no longer account for JMB's earnings under the equity method since the 
acquisition date, when it became a wholly-owned consolidated entity of the Company.

The Company received dividend and distribution payments from our equity method investees that totaled, in the aggregate, $1.0 million, $1.7 million, and $0.3 million, 

during the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Other Income

The Company earned royalty and consulting services income from related parties that totaled $2.6 million, $2.2 million, and $1.1 million during the years ended June 

30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

15. FINANCING AGREEMENTS 

Lines of Credit - Trading Credit Facility  

On December 21, 2021, the Company entered into a new three-year committed facility provided by a syndicate of financial institutions (the “Trading Credit Facility”), 
with a total current revolving commitment of up to $350.0 million and with a termination date of December 21, 2024. The Trading Credit Facility is secured by substantially all 
of the Company’s assets on a first priority basis and is guaranteed by all of the Company's subsidiaries, with the exception of AMCF. The Trading Credit Facility currently bears 
interest  at  the  daily  SOFR  rate  plus  an  applicable  margin  of  236  basis  points. As  of  June  30,  2023,  the  interest  rate  was  approximately  7.5%.  The  daily  SOFR  rate  was 
approximately 5.1% as of June 30, 2023.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Also on December 21, 2021, in connection with entry into the Trading Credit Facility, all amounts outstanding under the Company’s uncommitted demand borrowing 
facility with a syndicate of banks (the "Prior Credit Facility”) were paid in full, and the Prior Trading Credit Facility was terminated. The amounts set forth in our consolidated 
financial statements for all periods prior to December 21, 2021 refer to the Prior Credit Facility.

The Trading Credit Facility provides the Company with the liquidity to buy and sell billions of dollars of precious metals annually. We routinely use funds drawn under 
the Trading Credit Facility to purchase metals from our suppliers and for operating cash flow purposes. Our CFC subsidiary also uses the funds drawn under the Trading Credit 
Facility to finance certain of its lending activities.

Borrowings totaled $235.0 million and $215.0 million at June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively. The amounts available under the respective lines of credit are 
determined at the end of each week and at each month end following a specified borrowing base formula. The Company is able to access additional credit as needed to finance 
operations, subject to the overall limits of the borrowing facilities and lender approval of the borrowing base calculation. Based on the month end borrowing bases in effect, the 
availability under the Trading Credit Facility, after taking into account current borrowings, totaled $115.0 million and $122.0 million as determined on June 30, 2023 and June 
30, 2022, respectively. As of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, the remaining unamortized balance of loan costs was approximately $2.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively. 

The Trading Credit Facility contains various covenants, all of which the Company was in compliance with as of June 30, 2023.

Although  the  Trading  Credit  Facility  is  a  committed  facility,  lenders  holding  at  least  66.67%  of  the  revolving  commitments  under  the  Trading  Credit  Facility  may 
require us to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Trading Credit Facility at any time, even if we are in compliance with the financial and other covenants under the 
Trading Credit Facility. After such demand, each lender with a revolving loan commitment may, but is not obligated to, make revolving loans until the termination date of the 
Trading Credit Facility.

Interest expense related to the Company’s Trading Credit Facility totaled $15.9 million, $8.5 million, and $5.9 million, which represents 50.3%, 38.6%, and 29.5% of 
the total interest expense recognized, for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The Trading Credit Facility carried a daily weighted average effective 
interest rate of 7.15%, 4.47%, and 3.63% for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Notes Payable - AMCF Notes

In September 2018, AM Capital Funding, LLC (“AMCF”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CFC, completed an issuance of Secured Senior Term Notes (collectively, the 
"AMCF Notes"): Series 2018-1, Class A (the “Class A Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $72.0 million and Secured Subordinated Term Notes, Series 2018-1, Class 
B (the “Class B Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $28.0 million. The Class A Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.98% and the Class B Notes bear interest at a rate of 
5.98%. The AMCF  Notes  have  a  maturity  date  of  December  15,  2023. The AMCF  Notes  were  issued  under  a  Master  Indenture  and  the  Series  2018-1  Supplement  thereto 
between AMCF and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. The Company holds $5.0 million of the Class B Notes in order to comply with the Credit Risk Retention Rules of Section 15G 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The $5.0 million portion of the Class B Notes retained by the Company is eliminated in consolidation. 

AMCF applied the net proceeds from the sale to the Company’s purchase of loans and precious metals inventory, and to pay certain costs and expenses. CFC and A-
Mark may from time to time also contribute cash or sell precious metals to AMCF in exchange for cash or subordinated, deferred payment obligations from AMCF. In addition, 
AMCF may from time to time sell precious metals to A-Mark for cash.

As of June 30, 2023, the consolidated carrying balance of the AMCF Notes was $94.8 million (which excludes the $5.0 million note that the Company retained), and 
the remaining unamortized loan cost balance was approximately $0.2 million. As of June 30, 2023, the balance of the interest payable was $0.2 million. Interest on the AMCF 
Notes is payable monthly in arrears at the aggregate rate of 5.26% per annum.

For  the  years  ended  June  30,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  the  interest  expense  related  to  the AMCF  Notes  (including  loan  amortization  costs)  totaled  $5.7  million,  $5.8 
million, and $5.7 million, which represents 17.9%, 26.3%, and 28.7% of the total interest expense recognized by the Company, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2023, 
2022, and 2021, the AMCF Notes' weighted average effective interest rate was 5.88%, 5.88%, and 5.88%, respectively.

Notes Payable — Related Party

See Note 14.

94

 
Liabilities on Borrowed Metals

The Company recorded liabilities on borrowed metals with market values totaling $21.6 million as of June 30, 2023, with corresponding metals totaling $0.0 million 
and $21.6 million included in precious metals held under financing arrangements and inventories, respectively, on the consolidated June 30, 2023 balance sheet. The Company 
recorded  liabilities  on  borrowed  metals  with  market  values  totaling  $59.4  million  as  of  June  30,  2022  with  corresponding  metals  totaling  $35.0  million  and  $24.4  million 
included in precious metals held under financing arrangements and inventories, respectively, on the consolidated June 30, 2022 balance sheet.

For the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the interest expense related to liabilities on borrowed metals totaled $1.9 million, $1.3 million, and $2.2 million 

which represents 5.9%, 6.0%, and 11.0% of the total interest expense recognized by the Company, respectively. 

Advanced Pool Metals

The Company borrows precious metals from its suppliers and customers under short-term agreements using other precious metals from its inventory as collateral. The 
Company has the ability to sell the metals advanced. These arrangements can be settled by repayment in similar metals or in cash. Once the obligation is settled, the metals held 
as collateral are released back to the Company.

Liabilities on Borrowed Metals — Other

Liabilities  may  also  arise  from:  (i)  unallocated  metal  positions  held  by  customers  in  the  Company’s  inventory,  (ii)  amounts  due  to  suppliers  for  the  use  of  their 
consigned inventory, and (iii) shortages in unallocated metal positions held by the Company in the supplier’s inventory. Unallocated or pool metal represents an unsegregated 
inventory position that is due on demand, in a specified physical form, based on the total ounces of metal held in the position. Amounts due under these arrangements require 
delivery either in the form of precious metals, or in cash.

Product Financing Arrangements 

The Company has agreements with third-party financial institutions which allow the Company to transfer its gold and silver inventory at an agreed-upon price, which is 
based on the spot price. Such agreements allow the Company to repurchase this inventory upon demand at an agreed-upon price based on the spot price on the repurchase date. 
The  third-party  charges  a  monthly  fee  as  a  percentage  of  the  market  value  of  the  outstanding  obligation;  such  monthly  charges  are  classified  in  interest  expense.  These 
transactions do not qualify as sales, and therefore have been accounted for as financing arrangements and are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as product financing 
arrangements.  The  obligation  is  stated  at  the  amount  required  to  repurchase  the  outstanding  inventory.  Both  the  product  financing  obligation  and  the  underlying  inventory 
(which  is  entirely  restricted)  are  carried  at  fair  value,  with  changes  in  fair  value  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  Such 
obligations totaled $335.8 million and $282.7 million as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively.

For the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the interest expense related to product financing arrangements totaled $6.9 million, $4.3 million, and $3.1 million, 

which represents 21.7%, 19.4%, and 15.5% of the total interest expense recognized by the Company, respectively. 

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Legal Matters

The Company is from time-to-time party to various lawsuits, claims and other proceedings, that arise in the ordinary course of its business. 

Although  the  ultimate  outcome  of  any  legal  matter  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty,  based  on  current  information,  including  our  assessment  of  the  merits  of  the 
particular  claim,  we  do  not  expect  that  these  legal  proceedings  or  claims  will  have  any  material  adverse  impact  on  our  future  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of 
operations, or cash flows.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review the need to accrue for any loss contingency and establish a liability when, in the opinion of management, it is probable that 
a matter would result in a liability and the amount of loss, if any, can be reasonably estimated. We do not believe that the resolution of any currently pending lawsuits, claims 
and proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, the outcomes of 
any currently pending lawsuits, claims and proceedings cannot be predicted, and therefore, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. 

Additionally, we record receivables for insurance recoveries relating to litigation-related losses and expenses if and when such amounts are covered by insurance and 

recovery of such losses or expenses are due. 

95

 
Employment and Non-Compete Agreements

As of June 30, 2023, the Company was a party to various employment agreements and non-compete and/or non-solicitation agreements with its employees, including 
employment agreements with (a) Greg Roberts, our Chief Executive Officer, which expires in June 2027, and (b) Thor Gjerdrum, our President, and Brian Aquilino, our Chief 
Operating Officer, which expire in June 2025. The Company's employment agreement with Michael Wittmeyer, formerly Chief Executive Officer of JMB, was terminated as of 
June  30,  2023,  at  which  time  the  Company  and  Mr. Wittmeyer  entered  into  a  consulting  agreement,  which  expires  in  June  2025. The  employment  agreements  provide  for 
minimum salary levels, incentive compensation and severance benefits, among other items, and the employment agreements and the consulting agreement contain various non-
compete and non-solicitation provisions. 

Employee Benefit Plan

The  Company  maintains  an  employee  retirement  savings  plan  for  United  States  employees  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  section  401(k). There  is  an  automatic 
default contribution for newly eligible employees in which 3% will be deducted pre-tax from the employee’s pay and invested in their default fund unless directed otherwise. 
Employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  plan  after  three  complete  calendar  months  of  service  by  the  next  plan  entry  date  and  are  21  years  of  age. All  contributions  are 
immediately vested. Employees' contributions are discretionary to a maximum of 90% of compensation. For all plan members, the Company contributes 100% of the eligible 
employees' contributions on the first 3% of the participants' contribution, plus 50% of the next 3% of the participants contribution up to the IRS' maximum annual contribution. 
The Company's matching 401(k) contributions totaled $1.0 million, $0.7 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

17. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Shelf Registration Statement 

On  September  25,  2020,  the  Company  filed  a  universal  shelf  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3,  which  was  declared  effective  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (the “SEC”) on March 4, 2021, on which the Company registered for sale up to $150.0 million of any combination of its debt securities, shares of common stock, 
shares of preferred stock, rights, warrants, units and/or purchase contracts from time to time and at prices and on terms that the Company may determine. After a public offering 
of common stock in March 2021, approximately $69.5 million of securities remain available for issuance under this shelf registration statement. Securities may be offered or 
sold under this registration statement until March 2024. 

Dividends

On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors declared a non-recurring special dividend of $1.00 per common share to stockholders of record at the close of 

business on September 12, 2022. The dividend was paid on September 26, 2022 and totaled $23.4 million. 

On August 18, 2022, the Company's board of directors also declared the initial quarterly regular cash dividend of $0.20 per common share to stockholders of record at 

the close of business on October 10, 2022. The dividend was paid on October 24, 2022 and totaled $4.7 million. 

On January 4, 2023, the Company's board of directors declared a regular dividend of $0.20 per share to stockholders of record at the close of business on January 16, 

2023. The dividend was paid on January 27, 2023 and totaled $4.7 million.

On April 5, 2023, the Company's board of directors declared a regular dividend of $0.20 per share to stockholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2023. 

The dividend was paid on April 28, 2023 and totaled $4.7 million.

Share Repurchase Program

In April 2018, the Company's board of directors approved a share repurchase program which authorized the Company to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares (as adjusted 
for the two-for-one split of A-Mark’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend in fiscal 2022) of its common stock. The share repurchase program was initially announced 
on May 8, 2018. In fiscal 2023, we repurchased a total of 335,735 shares under the program for $9.8 million. Late in fiscal 2023, the board revised the repurchase program to 
authorize the purchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, in addition to the shares previously repurchased, and extended the expiration date from June 30, 2023 to 
June 30, 2028. Prior to fiscal 2023, no shares had been repurchased under our share repurchase program.

Under the share repurchase program, we may repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time at prevailing market prices, depending on market conditions, 
through  open  market  or  privately  negotiated  transactions.  Subject  to  applicable  corporate  securities  laws,  repurchases  may  be  made  at  such  times  and  in  amounts  as 
management deems appropriate. We are not obligated to repurchase any shares under the program, and repurchases under the program may be discontinued if management 
determines that additional repurchases are not warranted. 

96

 
2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan

The Company's amended and restated 2014 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan") was approved most recently on October 27, 2022 by the Company's 
stockholders. As of June 30, 2023, 1,446,260 stock options and 92,957 restricted stock units were outstanding, and 1,727,894 shares were available for issuance of new awards 
under the 2014 Plan.

Under the 2014 Plan, the Company may grant options and other equity awards as a means of attracting and retaining officers, employees, non-employee directors and 
consultants, to provide incentives to such persons, and to align the interests of such persons with the interests of stockholders by providing compensation based on the value of 
the Company's stock. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be granted in the form of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, 
RSUs, dividend equivalent rights, other stock-based awards (which may include outright grants of shares) and cash incentive awards. The 2014 Plan also authorizes grants of 
awards with performance-based conditions and market-based conditions. The 2014 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors, which, in its 
discretion,  may  select  officers  and  other  employees,  directors  (including  non-employee  directors)  and  consultants  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to  receive  grants  of 
awards. The board of directors itself may perform any of the functions of the Compensation Committee under the 2014 Plan.

Under the 2014 Plan, the exercise price of options and base price of SARs, as set by the Compensation Committee, generally may not be less than the fair market value 
of the shares on the date of grant, and the maximum term of stock options and SARs is 10 years. The 2014 Plan limits the number of share-denominated awards that may be 
granted to any one eligible person in any fiscal year to 500,000 shares plus the participant's unused annual limit at the close of the previous year. Also, in the case of non-
employee directors, the 2014 Plan limits the maximum grant-date fair value at $300,000 of stock-denominated awards granted to a director in a given fiscal year, except for a 
non-employee Chairman of the Board whose grant-date fair value maximum is $600,000 per fiscal year. The 2014 Plan will terminate when no shares remain available for 
issuance and no awards remain outstanding; however, the authority to grant new awards will terminate on October 27, 2032.

Stock Options

The Company measures the compensation cost of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses various inputs such as the common share 
price and estimates that include the risk-free interest rate, volatility, expected life and dividend yield. The weighted-averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair 
value of options granted were as follows:

Average volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Weighted-average expected life in years
Dividend yield rate annual

2023
47.96%
3.76%
6.0
2.10%

Year Ended June 30,
2022
 (1)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

 (1)

 (1)

 (1)

2021
41.76%
0.46%
6.1
0.0%

(1) Not applicable; no employee stock options were issued during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2022.

During the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company incurred $1.2 million, $1.4 million and $1.1 million of compensation expense related to stock 
options, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, there was total remaining compensation expense of $0.8 million related to employee stock options, which will be recorded over a 
weighted average vesting period of approximately 1.1 years.

A required adjustment to outstanding stock options was triggered as a result of the non-recurring special dividend declared on August 18, 2022. In accordance with the 
terms of the Company’s equity award plans under which the options were issued, an adjustment was required to protect the holders of such stock options from decreases in the 
value of the stock options due to payment of the non-recurring special dividends. This event decreased the exercise price of outstanding stock options by $1.00 per option share, 
effective as of the ex-dividend date (September 9, 2022). The fair value of the options before and after this event was unchanged, and therefore no incremental stock-based 
compensation expense was recorded.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021:

Fiscal 2021

Outstanding at June 30, 2020

Granted
Exercises
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

Exercisable at June 30, 2021

Fiscal 2022

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

Exercises
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures

Outstanding at June 30, 2022

Exercisable at June 30, 2022

Fiscal 2023

Outstanding at June 30, 2022

Granted
Exercised
Cancellations, expirations and forfeitures

Outstanding at June 30, 2023

Exercisable at June 30, 2023

Options

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price Per 
Share

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Fair Value 
Per Award

2,499,626  
392,000  
(570,370 )
(3,200 )
2,318,056  

1,385,302  

2,318,056  
(538,596 )
—  
1,779,460  

1,147,972  

1,779,460  
10,000  
(343,200 )
—  
1,446,260  

1,175,591  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

7.62  
17.75  
6.65  
9.33  

  $
  $
  $
  $

8.01  

  $

6.88  

  $

8.01  
4.32  
—  

  $
  $
  $

7.84  

  $

6.28  

  $

7.84  
39.69  
6.68  
—  

  $
  $
  $
  $

7.11  

  $

5.02  

  $

6,061  
—  
7,037  
—  

  $
(1)
$
  $
  $

35,343  

  $

22,675  

  $

35,343  
15,874  
—  

  $
  $
  $

43,433  

  $

29,811  

  $

43,433  
—  
8,562  
—  

  $
(1)
$
  $
  $

43,882  

  $

38,505  

  $

2.67  
7.35  
2.75  
3.49  

3.44  

2.89  

3.44  
3.22  
—  

3.51  

2.65  

3.51  
16.56  
3.57  
—  

3.58  

2.53  

(1) The Company issued the options with an exercise price per share not less than the closing market price of common stock on the grant date.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2023:

Exercise Price Ranges

From

To

$
$
$
$
$

—  
5.01  
7.51  
12.51  
30.01  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

5.00  
7.50  
12.50  
30.00  
50.00  

Number of
 Underlying
 Shares

Options Outstanding

Weighted Average Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(Years)

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

Number of
 Underlying
 Shares

Options Exercisable
Weighted Average 
Remaining Contractual Life 
(Years)

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

704,658  
49,600  
426,668  
255,334  
10,000  
1,446,260  

6.24  
2.86  
2.93  
7.69  
9.60  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

5.43  

  $

1.90  
6.37  
8.86  
17.42  
39.69  

7.11  

704,658  
49,600  
400,000  
21,333  
—  
1,175,591  

6.24  
2.86  
2.64  
7.48  
—  

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

4.90  

  $

1.90  
6.37  
8.83  
14.77  
—  

5.02  

The following table summarizes the nonvested stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2023:

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2022

Granted
Vested

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2023

Restricted Stock Units 

Options

Weighted Average Grant Date 
Fair Value Per Award

631,488  
10,000  
(370,819 )
270,669  

  $
  $
  $

  $

5.06  
16.56  
3.13  

8.14  

RSUs granted by the Company are not transferable and automatically convert to shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis as the awards vest or at a specified date 
after  vesting.  RSUs  granted  to  a  non-US  citizen  are  referred  to  as  "deferred  stock  units"  or  "DSUs". The  Company  measures  the  compensation  cost  of  RSUs  based  on  the 
closing price of the underlying shares at the grant date.

A required adjustment to certain outstanding RSUs was triggered as a result of the non-recurring special dividend declared on August 18, 2022. In accordance with the 
terms of the 2014 Plan and the Company’s RSU agreements under which the RSUs were issued, the holders of the RSUs were entitled to credits equivalent to dividends that 
would have been paid if the RSUs had been outstanding shares as of the applicable record date (such credits being either in cash or additional RSUs). The fair values of these 
RSUs before and after the dividend payment dates were unchanged, and therefore no incremental stock-based compensation expense was recorded. RSUs also are credited with 
dividend equivalents when the Company pays regular dividends; these are cash credits that are paid upon settlement of the RSUs, except in the case of DSUs the dividend 
equivalents are converted into additional DSUs.

98

 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company incurred $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.1 million of compensation expense related to RSUs, 
respectively. As of June 30, 2023, there is $1.6 million remaining compensation expense related to RSUs, which will be recorded over a weighted average vesting period of 
approximately 2.0 years.

The following table summarizes RSU activity for the years ended June 30, 2023, 2022, and 2021: 

Awards
Outstanding

Weighted Average Fair Value 
per Unit at Grant Date

Fiscal 2021

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2020

Granted

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2021

Fiscal 2022

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2021

Granted
Vested & delivered
Vested & deferred 

(1)

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2022

Vested but subject to deferred settlement at June 30, 2022 

(1)

Outstanding at June 30, 2022

Fiscal 2023

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2022

 (2)

Granted
Vested & delivered
Vested & deferred 

(1)

Nonvested outstanding at June 30, 2023

Vested but subject to deferred settlement at June 30, 2023 

(1)

Outstanding at June 30, 2023

—  
25,442  
25,442  

25,442  
56,205  
(6,360 )
(19,194 )
56,093  
19,194  
75,287  

56,093  
35,269  
(17,599 )
(10,176 )
63,587  
29,370  
92,957  

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

—  
18.86  

18.86  

18.86  
32.51  
18.86  
18.75  
32.58  
18.75  

29.05  

32.58  
32.90  
32.34  
35.36  
32.37  
24.50  

29.89  

(1) Certain RSU holders elected to defer settlement of the RSUs to a specified date. The DSU holder is contractually obligated to defer settlement of the DSUs to a specified date following the holder’s termination of 
service.
(2) Includes 9,397 RSUs that vest based on continuous employment and achievement of non-market performance goals through June 30, 2024, 2025 and 2026.

Common Stock

In fiscal 2023, a portion of the fiscal 2022 annual bonuses was paid in the form of common stock to the Chief Executive Officer and President. The Company issued 

10,500 shares (in the aggregate) of common stock, after deducting 3,184 shares of common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the President's award. 

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party 
to acquire, or of discouraging a third-party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company without negotiating with its board of directors. Such provisions could limit the 
price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s securities. Certain of such provisions allow the Company to issue preferred stock with rights 
senior  to  those  of  the  common  stock  or  impose  various  procedural  and  other  requirements  which  could  make  it  more  difficult  for  stockholders  to  effect  certain  corporate 
actions.

99

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATIONS 

Customer Concentration

The following customer provided 10 percent or more of the Company's revenues (in thousands):

Total revenue

Customer concentrations

HSBC Bank

 (1)

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

$

$

9,286,561  

100.0 %  

1,191,436  

12.8 %  

$

$

8,159,254  

100.0 %   $

7,613,015  

100.0 %  

492,390  

6.0 %   $

552,845  

7.3 %  

(1) Sales with this trading partner include sales on forward contracts that are entered into for hedging purposes rather than sales characterized with the physical delivery of precious metal product. This sales activity has 
been reported within the Wholesale Sales and Ancillary Services segment. 

No single customer provided 10 percent or more of the Company's accounts receivable balances as of June 30, 2023. 

The following customers accounted for 10 percent or more of the Company's secured loans receivable as of June 30, 2023 (in thousands):

Total secured loans

Customer concentrations

Customer A
Customer B

Supplier Concentration

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

$

$

100,620  

11,500  
13,500  

100.0 %  

11.4 %  
13.4 %  

$

$

126,217  

—  
13,500  

100.0 %

0.0 %
10.7 %

The Company buys precious metals from a variety of sources, including through brokers and dealers, from sovereign and private mints, from refiners and directly from 
customers. The Company believes that no one supplier or small group of suppliers is critical to its business, since other sources of supply are available that provide similar 
products on comparable terms.

19. SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

The Company evaluates segment reporting in accordance with Segment Reporting Topic 280 of the ASC (“ASC 280”), each reporting period, including evaluating the 
organizational  structure  and  the  reporting  package  that  is  reviewed  by  the  chief  operating  decision  makers.  The  Company's  operations  are  organized  under  three  business 
segments  (i)  Wholesale  Sales  &  Ancillary  Services,  (ii)  Direct-to-Consumer,  and  (iii)  Secured  Lending.  The  Wholesale  Sales  &  Ancillary  Services  segment  includes  the 
consolidating eliminations of inter-segment transactions and unallocated segment adjustments. See Note 1 for a description of the types of products and services from which 
each reportable segment derives its revenues.

Revenue 

in thousands

Revenue by segment

(1)

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Eliminations of inter-segment sales

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations 
Direct-to-Consumer

(2)

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

  $

  $

8,753,549  
(1,464,410 )
7,289,139  
1,997,422  
9,286,561  

 (a)

  $

  $

7,647,950  
(1,623,208 )
6,024,742  
2,134,512  
8,159,254  

 (b)

  $

  $

7,520,111  
(781,404 )
6,738,707  
874,308  
7,613,015  

 (c)

(1)

(2)
(a)
(b)
(c)

The Secured Lending segment earns interest income from its lending activity and earns no revenue from the sales of precious metals. Therefore, no amounts are shown for the Secured Lending segment in the 
above table.
The eliminations of inter-segment sales are reflected in the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment. 
Includes $3.5 million of inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment.
Includes $2.4 million of inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services segment.
Includes $8.5 million of inter-segment sales from the Direct-to-Consumer segment to the Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services Segment.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
in thousands

Revenue by geographic region
United States
Europe
North America, excluding United States
Asia Pacific
Africa
Australia

Gross Profit and Gross Margin Percentage

in thousands

Gross profit by segment

(1)

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Eliminations and adjustments

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations and adjustments
Direct-to-Consumer, net of eliminations

Gross margin percentage by segment
Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations and adjustments
Direct-to-Consumer

Consolidated gross margin percentage

  $

  $

  $

  $

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

5,634,423  
2,780,015  
837,504  
26,891  
—  
7,728  
9,286,561  

  $

  $

5,215,858  
1,998,105  
893,575  
39,863  
17  
11,836  
8,159,254  

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

  $

  $

126,816  
(1,138 )
125,678  
168,991  
294,669  

1.449 %  
1.724 %  
8.460 %  
3.173 %  

113,316  
777  
114,093  
147,672  
261,765  

1.482 %  
1.894 %  
6.918 %  
3.208 %  

  $

  $

  $

  $

4,668,324  
1,486,323  
1,342,597  
62,754  
14  
53,003  
7,613,015  

2021

143,540  
(4,727 )
138,813  
71,385  
210,198  

1.909 %
2.060 %
8.165 %
2.761 %

(1)

The Secured Lending segment earns interest income from its lending activity and earns no gross profit from the sales of precious metals. Therefore, no amounts are shown for the Secured Lending segment in 
the above table.

Operating Income and (Expenses)

in thousands

Operating income (expenses) by segment
Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Eliminations

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest income
Interest expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net
Remeasurement gain on pre-existing equity interest
Unrealized gains (losses) on foreign exchange

Direct-to-Consumer

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net

Secured Lending

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest income
Interest expense
Earnings from equity method investments
Other income, net

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

(34,939 )
(247 )
(35,186 )

(40,181 )
(970 )
12,523  
(19,660 )
12,575  
161  
—  
366  
(35,186 )

(42,976 )
(11,204 )
(4,098 )
142  
(58,136 )

(2,125 )
(351 )
9,708  
(7,770 )
1  
2,360  
1,823  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

(34,004 )
(254 )
(34,258 )

(40,844 )
(891 )
10,706  
(10,034 )
6,903  
—  
—  
(98 )
(34,258 )

(34,152 )
(26,057 )
(2,958 )
(229 )
(63,396 )

(1,622 )
(352 )
11,094  
(9,000 )
4  
2,182  
2,306  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

6,679  
(175 )
6,504  

(32,992 )
(877 )
10,315  
(11,666 )
15,547  
—  
26,306  
(129 )
6,504  

(12,830 )
(9,561 )
(898 )
—  
(23,289 )

(2,198 )
(351 )
8,159  
(7,301 )
—  
1,079  
(612 )

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

101

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
Net Income (Loss) Before Provision for Income Taxes

in thousands

Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

Advertising Expense 

in thousands

Advertising expense by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

Capital Expenditures for Property, Plant, and Equipment

in thousands

Capital expenditures for property, plant, and equipment by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

Precious Metals Held Under Financing Arrangements 

in thousands

Precious metals held under financing arrangements by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Secured Lending

Inventories

in thousands

Inventories by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

in thousands

Inventories by geographic region

United States
North America, excluding United States
Europe
Asia
Australia

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

102

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

2021

90,492  
110,855  
1,823  
203,170  

  $

  $

79,835  
84,276  
2,306  
166,417  

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

(1,639 )
(14,001 )
(237 )
(15,877 )

  $

  $

(627 )
(11,353 )
(198 )
(12,178 )

2023

Year Ended June 30,

2022

3,173  
1,610  
—  
4,783  

  $

  $

1,048  
1,831  
—  
2,879  

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

2021

2021

145,317  
48,096  
(612 )
192,801  

(343 )
(4,493 )
(192 )
(5,028 )

1,952  
157  
4  
2,113  

66,242  
13,524  
79,766  

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,580  
14,950  
25,530  

June 30, 2023

815,576  
109,226  
56,841  
981,643  

June 30, 2023

938,177  
20,787  
18,454  
4,139  
86  
981,643  

$

$

$

$

$

$

June 30, 2022

648,279  
87,987  
4,752  
741,018  

June 30, 2022

691,212  
30,534  
19,105  
22  
145  
741,018  

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
Total Assets

in thousands

Total assets by segment
Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Eliminations

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services, net of eliminations
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

in thousands

Total assets by geographic region

United States
North America, excluding United States
Europe
Asia
Australia

Long-term Assets

in thousands

Long-term assets by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer
Secured Lending

in thousands

Long-term assets by geographic region

United States
Europe

Goodwill

in thousands

Goodwill by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer

(1)

(1)

Direct-to-Consumer segment’s goodwill balance is net of $1.4 million accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets

in thousands

Intangible assets by segment

Wholesale Sales & Ancillary Services
Direct-to-Consumer

(1)

(1)

Direct-to-Consumer segment’s intangible asset balance is net of $1.3 million accumulated impairment losses. 

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Dividends

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

1,110,615  
(214,009 )
896,606  
471,796  
177,169  
1,545,571  

June 30, 2023

1,500,555  
20,787  
20,004  
4,139  
86  
1,545,571  

$

$

$

  $

1,049,011  
(125,737 )
923,274  
368,696  
150,689  
1,442,659  

June 30, 2022

1,390,982  
30,534  
20,976  
22  
145  
1,442,659  

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

116,189  
159,918  
2,273  
278,380  

June 30, 2023

278,378  
2  
278,380  

June 30, 2023

8,881  
92,062  
100,943  

June 30, 2023

2,687  
59,943  
62,630  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

93,441  
165,469  
2,624  
261,534  

June 30, 2022

261,532  
2  
261,534  

June 30, 2022

8,881  
92,062  
100,943  

June 30, 2022

2,755  
65,210  
67,965  

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

On July 5, 2023, our board of directors declared a regular dividend of $0.20 per share, which we paid on July 28, 2023 to stockholders of record as of July 17, 2023.

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
On August 17, 2023, our board of directors declared a non-recurring special cash dividend of $1.00 per common share. The special dividend will be paid on September 
26, 2023 to stockholders of record as of September 12, 2023. On the same date, our board of directors also declared a regular dividend of $0.20 per share, which is payable on 
October 24, 2023 to stockholders of record as of October 10, 2023.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of 
the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(the “Exchange Act”). Based on the foregoing, our Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered 
by this Annual Report.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under 
the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, 
without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  Certifying  Officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The financial statements were prepared by management, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity and for establishing and maintaining adequate internal 

control over financial reporting.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes 
those policies and procedures that:

i.

ii.

iii.

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the Company; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

There  are  inherent  limitations  in  the  effectiveness  of  any  internal  control,  including  the  possibility  of  human  error  and  the  circumvention  or  overriding  of  controls. 
Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, 
the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time.

Management  assessed  the  design  and  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2023.  In  making  this  assessment, 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 
("2013 framework"). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2023 based on criteria in 
Internal Control –Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued its report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 

2023, which appears elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

104

 
 
 
 
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During our most recent fiscal quarter, there has not been any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-

15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

105

 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days following June 30, 2023.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days following June 30, 2023.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days following June 30, 2023.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days following June 30, 2023.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days following June 30, 2023.

106

 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.

Financial Statements

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.

3.

Financial Statements Schedules:

None.

Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

59
61
63
64
65
66

Exhibit Index 

Exhibit No.

3.1**

3.2**

4.1*

10.01 **

10.02 **

10.03 **

10.04 **

10.05 **

10.06 **

10.07 **

Description of Exhibit
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A; 
Registration No. 333-192260.

Bylaws, as Amended and Restated on October 27, 2022. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Report on Form 8-K filed on November 1, 2022.

Description of Securities of Registrant

  Master Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2018, between AM Capital Funding, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, and 
Citibank, N.A., a national banking association, as indenture trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K/A as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on September 17, 2018.

Series  2018-1  Supplement,  dated  as  of  September  14,  2018,  between AM  Capital  Funding,  LLC,  a  limited  liability  company  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
Delaware,  and  Citibank,  N.A.,  as  indenture  trustee.  Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Report  on  Form  8-K/A  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on September 17, 2018.

Transfer and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2018, by and between Collateral Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and AM Capital Funding, LLC, a 
Delaware  limited  liability  company.  Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Report  on  Form  8-K/A  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
September 17, 2018. 

Lease Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2016, between The Plaza CP LLP and A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended June 30, 2016.

Air Cargo Lease between MCP CARGO, LLC as Landlord, and A-M Global Logistics, LLC as tenant, dated as of November 21, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.23 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015.

First Amendment to Air Cargo Lease between MCP CARGO, LLC as Landlord, and A-M Global Logistics, LLC as tenant, dated as of August 28, 2015. Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Joinder and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2022, by and among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, CIBC Bank 
USA, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and certain other parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 
2022. 

10.09 **

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, dated April 20, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2021.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10 **

Stock Ownership Guidelines for Directors, effective April 29, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2021.

10.11 **

Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2021.

10.12 **

Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement for Non-Employee Directors.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2021.

10.13 **

  Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Award And Incentive Plan.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2022. 

10.14 **

10.15 **

10.16 **

Employment Agreement, executed May 18, 2022, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Thor Gjerdrum. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on 
Form 8-K dated May 20, 2022.

Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), dated December 21, 2021, among the Company, the other loan parties party thereto, CIBC Bank USA, as agent and joint lead 
arranger, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., Axos Bank, Brown Brothers Harriman, California Bank & Trust and First Foundation Bank as joint lead arrangers, and the various 
financial institutions party thereto as lenders.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2021.

First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), effective as of April 22, 2022, among the Company, the other loan parties party thereto, CIBC Bank USA, 
as agent and joint lead arranger, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., Axos Bank, Brown Brothers Harriman, California Bank & Trust and First Foundation Bank as joint lead 
arrangers, and the various financial institutions party thereto as lenders.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2022.

10.17**

  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2023, between the Company and Gregory N. Roberts. Incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2023.

10.18**

10.19**

10.20**

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, effective as of December 8, 2022, by and among A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, CIBC 
Bank USA, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and certain other parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 10-Q 
filed on February 8, 2023. 

Consulting Agreement, dated June 5, 2023, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Michael R. Wittmeyer. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on 
Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2023.

Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2023, between A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. and Brian Aquilino. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on 
Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2023.

10.21**

Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2023.

10.22**

  Waiver and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2023.

21*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1*

32.2*

List of Subsidiaries of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification Under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document. 

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Schema Document.

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

104*

Cover Page interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

* Filed herewith
** Previously filed

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the 

undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date:

September 11, 2023

Date:

September 11, 2023

A-MARK PRECIOUS METALS, INC.

By:

/s/ Gregory N. Roberts

Gregory N. Roberts
Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

By:

/s/ Kathleen Simpson-Taylor
Kathleen Simpson-Taylor
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the 

capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures

Title(s)

/s/ Jeffrey D. Benjamin

Jeffrey D. Benjamin

/s/ Gregory N. Roberts

Gregory N. Roberts

/s/ Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

/s/ Ellis Landau

Ellis Landau

/s/ Beverley Lepine

Beverley Lepine

/s/ Carol Meltzer

Carol Meltzer

/s/ John U. Moorhead

John U. Moorhead

/s/ Jess M. Ravich

Jess M. Ravich

/s/ Monique Sanchez

Monique Sanchez

/s/ Kendall Saville

Kendall Saville

/s/ Michael R. Wittmeyer

Michael R. Wittmeyer

  Director
  (Chairman of the board of directors)

  Chief Executive Officer and Director
  (Principal Executive Officer)

  Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

110

Date

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

September 11, 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT of 1934

EXHIBIT 4.1

A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. (“A-Mark” or the “Company”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”).  

The following description of the Common Stock is a summary that is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s Amended and Restated 
Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”).

Authorized Capitalization 

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provide that it may issue up to 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock. 

Voting Rights 

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share so held with respect to each matter voted on by the Company’s stockholders. There is no 
cumulative voting.

Dividends 

Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. 

Liquidation Rights 

Upon the dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the 
holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of the Common Stock will be entitled to receive, pro rata, all remaining assets available for 
distribution.

Other Rights 

Holders of the Common Stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of the Company’s securities. The rights, preferences and privileges 
of holders of the Common Stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of the Company’s preferred stock which it may issue in the future. 

Transfer Agent 

The transfer agent for the Common Stock is Computershare. 

Listing 

The Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "AMRK." 

Certain Other Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a 
third party from attempting to acquire, control  or that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company:

 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

Our Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws without stockholder approval, except for provisions adopted by stockholders that specifically provide that 
such provision is not subject to amendment or repeal by the directors;

Vacancies on our Board of Directors (including any vacancy due to an increase in the size of our Board of Directors) may be filled by a majority of remaining directors, 
although less than a quorum;

Our Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure and proxy access procedures for stockholders to submit proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of 
Directors or other proposals at our annual meeting of stockholders;

Our Bylaws limit the ability to call special meetings of stockholders to our Board of Directors, and our Certificate of Incorporation precludes actions by stockholders by 
written consent; and

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue up to 10 million shares of preferred stock without stockholder approval.  Such preferred stock could have rights senior to 
those of the common stock, impose various procedural and other requirements which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions and 
set forth rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings.

 
 
 
Active Direct and Indirect Subsidiaries of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.
(100% owned except where indicated)

Exhibit 21

Name of Subsidiary
Collateral Finance Corporation
A-Mark Trading AG
Transcontinental Depository Services, LLC
A-M Global Logistics, LLC
AM&ST Associates, LLC
Goldline, Inc.
AM Capital Funding, LLC
AM IP Assets, LLC
AM Services, Inc.
Precious Metals Purchasing Partners, LLC
JM Bullion, Inc.
Gold Price Group, Inc.
Silver.com, Inc.
Provident Metals Corp.
CFC Alternative Investments, LLC

Collectible Card Partners, LLC
Marksmen Holdings, LLC
Cybermetals, Corp
Buy Gold and Silver Corp
BX Corporation

Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Delaware
Austria
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware (50% owned)
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware

Delaware (50% owned)
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

We have issued our reports dated September 11, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual 
Report  of A-Mark  Precious  Metals,  Inc.  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2023.  We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  of  said  reports  in  the  Registration 
Statements of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc. on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-263935, effective April 11, 2022, and File No. 333-249060, effective March 4, 2020), and on Forms S-
8 (File No. 333-268226, effective November 7, 2022, and File No. 333-238111, effective May 8, 2020).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Newport Beach, California
September 11, 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Gregory N. Roberts, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.1

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure 
that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of 
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal 
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over 
financial reporting.

Date:

September 11, 2023

/s/ Gregory N. Roberts  

Gregory N. Roberts  

Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Kathleen Simpson-Taylor, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.2

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure 
that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities, 
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of 
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal 
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's 
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to 
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over 
financial reporting.

Date:

September 11, 2023

/s/ Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.'s (the “Company”) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2023, as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.1

Date:

September 11, 2023

/s/ Gregory N. Roberts

Gregory N. Roberts

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with A-Mark Precious Metals, Inc.'s (the “Company”) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2023, as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.2

Date:

September 11, 2023

/s/ Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

Kathleen Simpson-Taylor

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.